Anda di halaman 1dari 708

SINGLE AISLE

TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
STRUCTURE

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0

Structure General (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2


Doors D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Fuselage D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
A318 Fuselage D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Pylons/Nacelles D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Stabilizers D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
A318 Stabilizers D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Windows D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
Wings D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Structure Damage Identification D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
Window Damage Identification D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
SRM D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
Window Damage Assessment D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
Damage Assessment Example 1 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454
Damage Assessment Example 2 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518
A318 Damage Assessment Example 3 D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582
Structure Protections & Awareness D/O (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .654
Damage Assessment Ex. 1 Operational Scenario (3) . . . . . . . . . . . .686
Damage Assessment Ex. 2 Operational Scenario (3) . . . . . . . . . . . .694
A318 Damage Assessment Ex. 3 Operat. Scenario(3) . . . . . . . . . . .702

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
ATA51
LVL3

May 11,
20061
PAGE
Page 1

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


AIRCRAFT MATERIALS
METALLIC MATERIALS
The basic A/C structure is made of aluminum alloys with stainless
steel and titanium alloys in specific areas.

COMPOSITE MATERIALS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

Composite materials are used for primary and secondary structure.


Composite materials represent about 15% of the A/C structural weight.
Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) is mainly used for primary
structures, whilst Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic (AFRP) and Glass
Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) are only used for secondary
structures.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
20062
PAGE
Page 2

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

AIRCRAFT MATERIALS - METALLIC MATERIALS & COMPOSITE MATERIALS


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
20063
PAGE
Page 3

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


STRUCTURE PROTECTION
AIRCRAFT DRAINAGE
Wings and fuselage have different types of drains. Holes and gaps are
meant to be used for a natural drainage of the fluid collection points.
Drain holes are drilled before application of pretreatments. Remote
drains are used when natural drainage is not possible.

SURFACE PRETREATMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

The protection of the structure against corrosion is achieved by means


of appropriate surface pretreatment of the metallic parts.
Aluminum alloys: the primary protection is generally a pure aluminum
cladding. The main pretreatment used is the unsealed chromic acid
anodizing.
Titanium alloys: surface interfaying with aluminum alloy parts are
zinc sprayed. The other titanium alloy surfaces are left bare. Titanium
fasteners are either sulphuric acid anodized or aluminum coated.
Composite materials are left bare.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
20064
PAGE
Page 4

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTION - AIRCRAFT DRAINAGE & SURFACE PRETREATMENT


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
20065
PAGE
Page 5

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


STRUCTURE PROTECTION (continued)
PAINT SYSTEM

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

Before the final paint system, all aluminum parts are primed. The
paint system used includes polyurethane primers and paint on the
external surfaces, and epoxy primers and polyurethane paint on the
internal surfaces. Anti-slip paint is the overwing escape zones.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
20066
PAGE
Page 6

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTION - PAINT SYSTEM


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
20067
PAGE
Page 7

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


STRUCTURE PROTECTION (continued)
NO STEP AREAS
Protective mats are required on the horizontal stabilizer as it is a carbon
fiber structure.

JACKING POINTS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

Three jacking points are provided, one below each wing outboard of the
pylon and one in front of the NLG bay.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
20068
PAGE
Page 8

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTION & JACKING POINTS


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
20069
PAGE
Page 9

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES
The Main structure differences between the A319/A320/A321 and the
A318 are due to the reduced length of the fuselage. There are several
general structure changes, laser beam welded structures and the vertical
stabilizer fin tip extension.

GENERAL STRUCTURE CHANGES

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

The main general structure changes are:


- on section 17, due to reduced length of the fuselage, the longitudinal
beams, the seat rails and the Z-profiles are replaced by new ones. The
crossbeams at FRame 52, FR53 and FR54 are removed. New
crossbeams are installed between FR55 to FR64,
- due to its location in the non-cylindrical part of the fuselage, a new
cargo sill box replaces the A319/A320/A321 one's, in section 17,
- on section 15, the A319/A320/A321 skin panels have been modified.
For weight reduction the A318 skin panels are thinner than the
A319/A320/A321 one's,
- the aft part of the belly fairing is modified due to an overlap with
non-cylindrical part of the fuselage. To avoid interference with cargo
compartment door, the A318 belly fairing is two panels shorter than
the A319/A320/A321 one's.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
2006
PAGE
10
Page 10

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - GENERAL STRUCTURE CHANGES


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
2006
PAGE
11
Page 11

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued)
VERTICAL STABILIZER

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

Compared with A319/A320/A321 A/Cs, the A318 vertical stabilizer


fin tip is 750 mm (29,5 in.) longer.
The new developed tip is completely made of GFRP. There is an
additional fin leading edge panel. There is a new spar and a new CFRP
adaptor box, between the fin base and the fin tip.
The metallic rudder tip is longer by 100 mm in vertical direction. The
rudder trailing edge is increased in width by 50 mm.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
2006
PAGE
12
Page 12

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - VERTICAL STABILIZER


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
2006
PAGE
13
Page 13

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued)
LASER BEAM WELDING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

The technology used for the A319/A320/A321 A/Cs is riveted


skin/stringer. On the A318, the skin/stringer connections are welded.
The new laser beam welded skin panels are installed in:
- the sections 13/14, FR24 to FR35, stringers 18 to 32,
- the sections 16/17, FR47/54 to FR64, stringers 32 to 41.
The skin panels are made thicker where the stringers are welded onto
them.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
2006
PAGE
14
Page 14

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - LASER BEAM WELDING


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
2006
PAGE
15
Page 15

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE GENERAL (3)


A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES (continued)
CARGO DOORS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

The A318 forward and aft cargo doors are smaller. The new cargo
door width is reduced from 1.82 m (71.5 in) to 1.28 m (50.5 in). The
under-floor cargo offers a usable volume of 21.21 m3. There is no
containerized cargo system option.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
2006
PAGE
16
Page 16

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM01P1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STRUCTURE DIFFERENCES - CARGO DOORS


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE
GENERAL (3)
ATA51 LVL3

May 10,
2006
PAGE
17
Page 17

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

The fuselage has:


- 4 passenger/crew doors,
- 2 or 4, emergency exits depending on the A/C type,
- 2 cargo compartment doors,
- 1 bulk cargo compartment door (A320 & A321 only),
- landing gear bay doors and access doors for servicing and maintenance.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
18
Page 18

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
19
Page 19

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS
PASSENGER/CREW DOOR

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

The aircraft has four type C passenger doors, located on each side of
the fuselage at frame (Fr) 16/20 and 66/68.
Normal operation of the door is possible from the inside and the
outside of the aircraft. Arming of the emergency operation is only
possible from inside.
The doors are of fail-safe, plug-type construction. The structure is of
conventional design, composed of an outer skin, frame segments and
beams. Edgemembers built a surrouding frame on which hinge fittings
and locking mechanisms are installed. The loads resulting from cabin
pressure are transferred by stop fittings located on each side of the
door and the frame.
All the doors include an evacuation system. The escape slides or slide
/ rafts are stowed at the lower part of the passenger/crew door.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
20
Page 20

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS - PASSENGER/CREW DOOR


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
21
Page 21

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS (continued)
EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

On A318 and A319 aircraft are two Type III overwing emergency
exits installed, one on each side of the fuselage.
The A320 aircraft has four Type III overwing emergency exit doors,
two on each side of the fuselage.
In an emergency, these exits can be opened manually.
These emergency exits are of conventional plug type construction and
contain a standard size passenger cabin window.
The A321 aircraft has four Type "C" emergency exits, one on each
side of the fuselage sections 14A and 16A, between Fr 35.1 and 35.3A
and between Fr 47.2A and 47.4. The structural design and operation
of these plug-type exits is similar to the passenger doors.
In an emergency, these exits can be opened manually; they are operated
like the passenger doors.
These emergency exits are of conventional plug-type construction.
A slide (or slide/raft) is installed in a compartment below each door.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
22
Page 22

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT DOORS - EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
23
Page 23

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS
FWD & AFT CARGO DOORS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

Two doors in the lower RH side of the fuselage provide access to the
main cargo compartments.
These doors are designed to carry loads from differential pressure and
circumferential loads of the frames from the fuselage. With this
consideration, they are of conventional design and have:
- an outer and inner skins,
- an internal structure of drop-forged machined circumferential frames.
The upper ends of these frames are connected to the hinges for the
door, and the lower ends are attachment for the locking hooks. The
A318 cargo doors cutout is reduced by 534 mm (one frame pitch).

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
24
Page 24

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS - FWD & AFT CARGO DOORS


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
25
Page 25

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS (continued)
BULK CARGO DOOR (A320 & A321 ONLY)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

The bulk cargo compartment, at the rear, has a conventional plug-type


door, located between Fr 60 and 62.
The door is operated, locked and unlocked manually and can be opened
from the outside.
It is opened by pushing inward and upward and is locked in the open
position onto the ceiling of the compartment. (In this compartment,
nets are provided to maintain the clearance for the door opening). The
weight of the door is compensated by a torsion bar. The door is
connected to the door locking warning system.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
26
Page 26

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS - BULK CARGO DOOR (A320 & A321 ONLY)
MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
27
Page 27

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


ACCESS & SERVICE DOORS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

The access doors are installed in the aircraft for inspection of the structure
and to give access to maintenance. Service doors are installed in the
fuselage to give access to the servicing of systems.
All access and service doors are opened and closed manually.
Access and service doors are illustrated as follows:
- Avionics compartment door: there are four avionic compartment doors
like the one illustrated. This avionics compartment access door is installed
in the lower shell of the fuselage between Fr 3 and Fr 5 in a pressurized
area. The door can be opened from the inside or the outside.
- APU doors: The APU access doors are installed in the fuselage tail cone
in Zone 310. These doors are located in the lower part of the fuselage
between Fr 80A and Fr 84A. The doors give you access to the APU for
maintenance.
There are also access and service doors - not-illustrated: These doors are
located in the fuselage and belly fairing for water, waste, external power
and maintenance.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
28
Page 28

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ACCESS & SERVICE DOORS


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
29
Page 29

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


LANDING GEAR DOORS
NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) DOORS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

Landing gear doors give protection to the landing gear when the
aircraft is in flight.
The nose and auxiliary landing gear doors have five parts:
- two forward doors, hydraulically actuated, which can be closed with
the gear in the extended or retracted position. These doors are made
from CFRP (Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic) sandwich materials
with a honeycomb core. They are hinged to the landing gear bay
longitudinal edges.
- two aft doors, linked to the gear by a rotating rod, which are made
from CFRP sandwich materials with an honeycomb core. The purpose
of these doors hinged to the landing gear bay rear lateral edge, is to
allow the forward doors to be retracted when the gear is extended.
- one small door (fixed door) attached to the landing gear leg is made
from aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
30
Page 30

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

LANDING GEAR DOORS - NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) DOORS


MAINTENANCE
- T1 (V2500-A5/ME) FOR TRAINING PURPOSE ONLY
ISS 01 REV 02 DATECOURSE
30MAR2010
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS
D/O
ATA51
LVL3

(3)

May 10,
2006
PAGE
31
Page 31

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOORS D/O (3)


LANDING GEAR DOORS (continued)
MAIN LANDING GEAR (MLG) DOORS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

The main landing gear doors are made from CFRP sandwich materials
with a honeycomb core, and have three parts:
- a main door, hydraulically actuated, which is hinged to the fuselage
keel beam parallel to the aircraft center line and can be closed with
the gear in the extended or retracted position,
- a fairing attached to the gear leg (fixed fairing door),
- a small door hinged to the wing structure in the neighborhood of the
upper end of the main leg (hinged fairing door).
All doors are part of the fuselage belly fairing and wing lower surface
in closed position.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 32

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D1000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

LANDING GEAR DOORS - MAIN LANDING GEAR (MLG) DOORS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DOORS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 33

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


GENERAL
FUSELAGE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The fuselage is divided into five main parts:


- the nose forward fuselage (ATA 53-10-00),
- the forward fuselage (ATA 53-20-00),
- the center fuselage (ATA 53-30-00),
- the rear fuselage (ATA 53-40-00),
- and the cone/rear fuselage (ATA 53-50-00).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 34

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL - FUSELAGE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 35

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


GENERAL (continued)
FUSELAGE BREAKDOWN

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

Compared with the A320, the A321 forward fuselage is eight frame
bays longer (additional section 14A, extending between frames (Fr)
35 and 35.8).
The A321 rear fuselage is five frame bays longer (additional section
16A, extending between Fr 47 and Fr 47.5.
Compared with the A320, the A319 forward fuselage (section 13/14)
and the rear fuselage (section 16/17) are respectively three frame bays
and four frame bays shorter.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 36

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL - FUSELAGE BREAKDOWN


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 37

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The nose forward fuselage includes section 11, between Fr 1 and Fr


12, and section 12, from Fr 12 to Fr 24.
The pressurized zone extends from Fr 1 to Fr 24.
The unpressurized zones are the radome, forward of Fr 1 and the nose
landing gear bay.
The structure of the nose forward fuselage has three parts:
- the forward upper structure, between Fr 1 and 11, which makes the
flight deck,
- the aft upper structure, between Fr 12 and 24, which makes the
forward part of the passenger cabin,
- the lower structure between Fr 1 and 24.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 38

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 39

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
FORWARD & AFT UPPER STRUCTURES

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The forward upper structure between Fr 1 and Fr 12 includes:


- closed frames,
- opened frames at level of openings for windshield and side windows,
- the forward pressure bulkhead,
- the flight deck floor support structure including two lateral boxes,
- the skin panels and the windshield frames,
The skin panels just above and below the windshield are made of
titanium alloy for bird impact requirements.
The aft upper structure, between Fr 12 and Fr 24, is the forward
passenger compartment and contains:
- the forward passenger/crew door between Fr 16 and 20,
- conventional assembly of skin, stringers and frames,
- the floor support structure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 40

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - FORWARD & AFT UPPER STRUCTURES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 41

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
LOWER STRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

This part of section 11/12 contains the nose landing gear bay, access
and service door cutouts.
The nose landing gear bay is shaped by three machined panels
reinforced by horizontal and vertical extruded sections attached to the
corresponding frames. The lower parts of Fr 9 and Fr 20 are the
forward and rear limits of the gear bay.
The lower fuselage comprises three skin panels. The central panel has
an opening for access between Fr 3 and 5 and the opening for the nose
landing gear bay between Fr 9 and 20.
The right hand side panel has two openings for access, between Fr 12
and 14 and Fr 21 and 23.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 42

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - LOWER STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 43

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


FORWARD FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

This area of the fuselage lies between Fr 24 and Fr 35.


It contains the front part of the passenger cabin and beneath the cabin
floor and the forward cargo compartment. The forward cargo door is
on the starboard side.
The A321 section 14A extends from Fr 35 to Fr 35.8.
Section 14A is of similar construction to section 13/14 but includes
the emergency exit cut-outs (one on each side of the fuselage) between
Fr 35.1 and Fr 35.2A.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 44

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 45

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
TYPICAL STRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

This section is of conventional construction composed primarily of


chemically milled skin panels, frames and stringers made in sheet
metal.
The standard frames have a common Z-shaped section made from
formed sheet, which provides a continuous structural member attached
to the skin and stringers by sheet metal cleats.
The structure of the cabin floor has:
- cross beams,
- seat tracks,
- floor support struts,
- floor panels.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 46

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FORWARD FUSELAGE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 47

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The fuselage center section (section 15) extends from Fr 35 to Fr 47


for A320, from Fr 35.8 to Fr 47 for A321 and from Fr 35 to Fr 47/51
for A319.
The upper section includes part of the passenger compartment.
The passenger floor structure is made of longitudinal beams, seat and
support tracks, support struts and floor panels.
The lower section is non-pressurized and integrates:
- the center wing box which extends across the width of the fuselage.
The two main frames 36 and 42 are also part of the center wing box,
- the main landing gear bay between Fr 42 and Fr 46,
- the keel beam which keeps the longitudinal structural continuity of
the lower fuselage,
- the belly fairing supporting structure, panels and doors.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 48

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CENTER FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 49

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)
KEEL BEAM

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselage in this


area is maintained by the keel beam.
This beam is an aluminum alloy box structure, including skins,
stringers and ribs, and provides attachments for the main landing gear
doors and door actuators.
In its center area, the keel beam side walls are connected to the
wing-box aft lower panel.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 50

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CENTER FUSELAGE - KEEL BEAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 51

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)
BELLY FAIRING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The belly fairing includes a substructure made of aluminum alloy


frames and webs which are attached to the fuselage via fittings and
rods.
This substructure supports the panels made of composite materials.
The belly fairing also includes the landing gear doors, external access
panels and access doors for maintenance.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 52

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CENTER FUSELAGE - BELLY FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 53

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


REAR FUSELAGE - A319 & A320 GENERAL
ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends from Fr


47 to Fr 70.
The A319 and A320 rear fuselage is divided into two sections (the A321
has an additional section 16A):
- section 16/17 between Fr 47 and Fr 64,
- section 18 between Fr 64 and Fr 70.
Section 16/17 is shorter by four frames than on the A320.
The upper part of the fuselage contains the aft section of the passenger
cabin and the aft passenger/crew doors located between Fr 66 and Fr 68.
The lower part contains the aft cargo compartment. The aft cargo
compartment door is installed between Fr 52A and Fr 56 (RH side); the
bulk cargo compartment door is installed between Fr 60 and Fr 62 (RH
side).
The design of section 16/17 is similar to that of forward fuselage sections
(typical skin, stringer and frame arrangement).
Skin panels of the lower area have support attachment structures for the
belly fairing rear part.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 54

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REAR FUSELAGE - A319 & A320 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 55

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


REAR FUSELAGE - A321 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The A321 rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends


from Fr 47 to Fr 70.
The A321 rear fuselage is divided into three sections:
- section 16/17 and 18 which are similar to the A320,
- section 16A,
The section 16A of the A321 fuselage extends from Fr 47 to Fr 47.5.
The section 16A includes the passenger cabin part in the upper section,
and beneath the cabin floor, the forward part of the rear cargo
compartment.
The section 16A is of similar construction to section 16/17 but includes
the emergency exit cut-outs (one on each side of the fuselage) between
Fr 47.2A and Fr 47.4.The slide/slide-raft is installed in a separate
compartment below each door.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 56

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REAR FUSELAGE - A321 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 57

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

This section comprises the un-pressurized part of the rear fuselage


extending from Fr 70 to Fr 87.
It includes:
- the mounting structures for the vertical and horizontal stabilizers,
- the rear pressure bulkhead,
- a jacking point,
- attachment structure for the tail cone, which houses the Auxiliary
Power Unit (APU).
It is divided into two main sections:
- section 19 between Fr 70 and Fr 77,
- section 19.1(tail cone) aft of Fr 77.
Section 19 is composed of chemically milled skins, riveted stringers
and frames.
The side skin panels include the horizontal stabilizer cut-out. The
lower panel has an access door for this section where a maintenance
floor is installed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 58

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 59

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The rear pressure bulkhead installed at Fr 70, divides the pressurized


rear fuselage from the cone/rear fuselage, which is not pressurized.
It is made of a spherical membrane, and four aluminum alloy sheet
segments joined together on the inner surface by means of four "I"
profile sections. Four additional "I" profile radial stiffeners are also
installed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 60

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 61

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The vertical stabilizer spar box attachment fittings are located at Fr


70, Fr 72 and Fr 74.
They have six fail safe yokes, which transmit the vertical stabilizer
loads into the fuselage frames via shear bolts.
The upper segments frames 70, 72 and 74 are machined from plates
while the lower segments are made from sheet metal.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 62

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 63

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The fuselage area between Fr 73 and Fr 77 houses the horizontal


stabilizer.
There is a large cut-out between Fr 73 and Fr 77, which is surrounded
by machined beams. A system of diagonal struts is installed on the
horizontal plane in the upper and lower areas of the cutout to increase
the rigidity of this open section.
The machined frame 77 supports the tailplane hinge bearings and the
lateral load fittings. They introduce horizontal stabilizer loads into
the fuselage structure, via the central bracing structure and the upper
and lower bracing structures.
Frame 77 also includes four lugs for the attachment of the tail cone
unit.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 64

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 65

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
TAIL CONE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

The tail cone unit is located aft of Fr 77 and houses the APU. This
section is connected to section 19 by means of four lugs and one
spigot.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 66

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D2000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - TAIL CONE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 67

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


GENERAL
FUSELAGE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

The fuselage is divided into five main parts: the nose forward fuselage
(section 11/12), the forward fuselage (section 13/14), the center
fuselage (section 15), the rear fuselage (sections 16/17 and 18) and
the cone/rear fuselage (section 19/19.1).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 68

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL - FUSELAGE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 69

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


GENERAL (continued)
FRAME/SKIN/STRINGER ASSEMBLY

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

Standard frames have a common z-shape section made from formed


sheet. These frames are continuous structural members attached to
the skin and stringers by sheet metal cleats.
A panel with laser beam welded stringers has been introduced:
- in section 13, between frames (Fr) 24 and 35, from stringer (Stgr)
18LH to Stgr 32LH,
- in section 16/17, between Fr 47/54 and 64, from Stgr 32LH to Stgr
41RH.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 70

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL - FRAME/SKIN/STRINGER ASSEMBLY


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 71

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

The nose forward fuselage has section 11, from Fr 1 to Fr 12 and


section 12, from Fr 12 to Fr 24. The pressurized area extends from Fr
1 to Fr 24. The unpressurized areas are the radome, forward of Fr 1,
and the nose landing gear bay.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 72

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 73

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
UPPER STRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

The upper structure between Fr 1 and Fr 12 has closed frames and


opened frames at level of openings for:
- the windshield and side windows,
- the forward pressure bulkhead,
- the flight deck floor support structure,
- skin panels and windshield frames.
The upper structure between Fr 12 and Fr 24 makes the forward
passenger compartment and contains the two forward passenger/crew
doors.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 74

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - UPPER STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 75

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
LOWER STRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

This part of section 11/12 contains the nose landing gear bay, access
and service door cutouts. The nose landing gear bay is made of
machined flat panels stabilized laterally and longitudinally by struts.
The struts are attached respectively to frames and flight deck
crossbeams.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 76

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE - LOWER STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 77

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


FORWARD FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

This region of the fuselage lies between Fr 24 and 35. It contains the
front part of the passenger cabin and, beneath the cabin floor, the
forward cargo compartment. The forward cargo door is located
between Fr 24A and 28 on the RH side of the fuselage

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 78

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FORWARD FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 79

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


FORWARD FUSELAGE (continued)
TYPICAL STRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

This section is of conventional construction, having chemically milled


skin panels, frames and stringers made from sheet metal. The standard
frames have a common Z-shaped section made from formed sheet.
They are continuous structural members attached to the skin and
stringers by sheet metal cleats. A skin panel with laser beam welded
stringer is installed between Fr 24A and 35, and between Stgr 18LH
and 32LH.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 80

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FORWARD FUSELAGE - TYPICAL STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 81

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

The fuselage center section extends from Fr 35 to Fr 47/54, and


integrates the center wing box. The upper section contains a part of
the passenger compartment, with two overwing emergency exit door
cutouts. The pressure boundary is delimited by the forward bulkhead
at Fr 35, the upper skin panel of the center wing box prolonged by a
pressure diaphragm up to frame 46 and ending by an inclined pressure
bulkhead. Beneath the cabin floor are the air conditioning, hydraulic
and main landing gears, in conjunction with a belly fairing.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 82

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CENTER FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 83

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)
KEEL BEAM

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

In this area, the longitudinal structural continuity of the lower fuselage


is maintained by a keel beam located between Fr 35.8 and 46. The
keel beam transmits the overall fuselage vertical bending loads. This
beam is a box structure having attachments for the main landing gear
doors and door actuators. In its center region, the keel beam side walls
are connected to the bottom skin panels of the center wing box.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 84

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CENTER FUSELAGE - KEEL BEAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 85

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CENTER FUSELAGE (continued)
BELLY FAIRING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

The belly fairing has a substructure made of aluminum alloy frames


and webs, attached to the fuselage via fittings and rods. This
substructure supports the panels, made of sandwich construction. The
belly fairing also incorporates the landing gear doors, external access
panels and access doors for maintenance.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 86

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CENTER FUSELAGE - BELLY FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 87

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

The rear fuselage assembly is a pressurized area, which extends from Fr


47/54 to Fr 70. It is divided into two sections:
- section 16/17 between Fr 47/54 and 64,
- section 18 between Fr 64 and 70.
The design of section 16/17 is similar to that of forward fuselage sections.
Skin panels of the lower region have support attachment structures for
the belly fairing rear part. The aft cargo door cutout is located between
Fr 57A and 60 on the RH side of the fuselage. Aft passenger door cutouts
are located between Fr 66 and 68.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 88

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 89

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

This section is the unpressurized part of the rear fuselage, aft of Fr


70. It has the mounting structure for vertical and horizontal stabilizers
and houses the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU). It is divided into two
main sections:
- section 19 between Fr 70 and 77,
- section 19.1 (tail cone) aft of Fr 77.
Section 19 has chemically milled skins, riveted stringers and frames.
Side skin panels have the horizontal stabilizer cutout. The lower panel
has a door, which gives access to this section where a maintenance
floor is installed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 90

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 91

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

The Fr 70 supports the rear pressure bulkhead, designed as a pressure


diaphragm. It is made of aluminum alloy. The bulkhead is attached
to the inside of the fuselage with a connecting strap, made of aluminum
alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 92

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 93

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

The vertical stabilizer spar box attachment fittings are three pairs of
fail safe yokes, made from forging aluminum alloy. They transmit the
fin loads into the fuselage and are located at Fr 70, 72 and 74. At those
locations, the upper frame segments are made of integrally machined
plates.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 94

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - VERTICAL STABILIZER ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 95

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

To house the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS), there is a large


cutout in the fuselage between Fr 74 and 77. Frame 77 is made of
integrally machined plates and carries the THS bearing loads with the
vertical link fittings. The side loads are carried through an eye bolt,
linked to:
- the side load fitting on the rear spar of the THS,
- and oblique struts attached to the lower and upper areas of Fr 77.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 96

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - THS ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 97

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)


CONE/REAR FUSELAGE (continued)
TAIL CONE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

The tail cone unit is located aft of Fr 77 and houses the Auxiliary
Power Unit (APU). This section is connected to section 19 by means
of four lugs and one spigot.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 98

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DI000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONE/REAR FUSELAGE - TAIL CONE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 FUSELAGE D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 99

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The function of the engine pylons installed under each wing is:
- to support the engine,
- to transmit the engine thrust to the aircraft,
- to enable the routing and attachment of all the systems connected with
the engine (electrical wiring, hydraulic, bleed air and fuel lines).
The nacelle gives the engine an aerodynamic shape and supports the
thrust reverser system.
Information concerning structure of the nacelle can be found within the
nacelle manufacturer documentation.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 100

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 101

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The pylon has:


- a primary structure attached to the wing and supporting the engine,
- a secondary structure, essentially fairings, housing most of the systems.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 102

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 103

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The pylon box is the primary structure. It supports the engine by two
points and is attached to the wing at three points.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 104

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 105

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued)
MAIN ASSEMBLY

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The pylon box is composed of ribs, two upper spars and one lower
spar, and panels mainly made from steel and titanium alloys.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 106

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - MAIN ASSEMBLY


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 107

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued)
PYLON TO WING ATTACHMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The forward pylon to wing attach fitting has a double lugged fork
attachments connected to the wing fitting by means of four shackles.
This fitting located at Rib 4 is made of titanium alloy and carries
vertical loads.
The aft pylon to wing attach fitting has a single fail safe lug connected
to the wing fitting by means of two shackles. This fitting located at
Rib 10 is made of titanium alloy and carries vertical and side loads.
Immediately behind the forward attach fitting a spherical bearing
transmits the thrust to a spigot bolted to the bottom wing skin panel.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 108

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - PYLON TO WING ATTACHMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 109

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX (continued)
PYLON TO ENGINE ATTACHMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

At The forward engine to pylon attach fitting there is a pyramid


attached to the rib and made of steel alloy.
This fitting transmits the engine thrust, side loads and vertical loads.
At The aft engine to pylon attach fitting there is an engine mount
located at Rib 3 for CFM 56-5 engine configuration or at Rib 4 for
IAE V2500 engine configuration. This fitting reacts to vertical loads,
side loads and roll movement.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 110

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS PRIMARY STRUCTURE - PYLON BOX - PYLON TO ENGINE ATTACHMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 111

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The secondary structure is composed of:


- the forward fairing,
- the pylon to wing center fillets,
- the aft fairing,
- the lower fairing.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 112

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 113

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)
FORWARD FAIRING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The forward fairing can be divided into two sections; the cantilever
structure between Rib 01 and Rib 05, and the structure between Rib
05 and Rib 9.
The cantilever structure gives an aerodynamic contour between the
engine nose cowl and the pylon box structure. It routes all systems
and the bleed air from the engine to the fuselage.
The structure between Rib 05 and Rib 9 gives an aerodynamic contour
between the cantilever structure and the wing leading edge, and enables
the routing of various system lines and electrical wiring.
It includes in particular two pressure relief doors (made from titanium),
which are designed to open in case of hot bleed air duct bursting.
The structure is mainly made of stainless steel alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 114

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - FORWARD FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 115

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)
PYLON TO WING CENTER FILLETS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The pylon to wing center fillets give an aerodynamic contour between


the pylon box and the wing bottom skin panel.
The pylon-to-wing center fillets are made of aluminum alloy ribs.
These ribs support the panels made of hybrid Carbon Fiber Reinforced
Plastic (CFRP)/Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic (AFRP) sandwich
construction.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 116

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - PYLON TO WING CENTER FILLETS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 117

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)
AFT FAIRING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The aft fairing is a removable secondary structure composed of two


parts:
- a fixed fairing located at the rear of the pylon box,
- a movable fairing underneath the flap.
The fixed fairing is attached by two points to the pylon box at Rib 10
and by one point to the wing box at the false rear spar.
The fixed fairing is assembled of ribs and skin panels made of
aluminum alloy, and includes a lower aft fairing made in AFRP
sandwich construction.
The movable fairing is hinged at Rib 14 and linked to the flap by a
rod attached to the fairing by a serrated plate system.
The internal structure of the movable fairing is mainly made of
aluminum alloy. The side panels are made in CFRP or AFRP sandwich
construction.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 118

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - AFT FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 119

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE (continued)
LOWER FAIRING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

A fairing located under the pylon box (lower fairing) makes sure there
is a continuity of the aerodynamic profile between the pylon box and
the engine nozzle.
Its function is:
- to supply thermal protection to the pylon from the engine exhaust
gases,
- to smooth out protrusions with minimal aerodynamic drag changes.
The lower fairing is made of stainless steel alloy sheet except for the
bottom removable sole which is made of inconel 625 alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 120

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS SECONDARY STRUCTURE - LOWER FAIRING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 121

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


PYLON TO NACELLE JUNCTION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The pylon to nacelle junction has:


- Fan cowl door attachments.
The hinge fittings of the fan cowl doors are located at Rib 01, Rib 03 and
Rib 05. They are made of titanium and installed on the forward secondary
structure.
- Thrust reverser doors attachments
The hinge fittings of the thrust reverser doors are located at Rib 1 and
Rib 2. They are made of titanium and installed on the primary structure
(pylon box). An other hinge (tie-bar) goes through the secondary structure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 122

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLON TO NACELLE JUNCTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 123

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)


NACELLES - GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

The nacelle cowling includes the inlet cowl, the fan cowl, the thrust
reverser and the exhaust nozzle.
There are two types of engine: CFM and IAE.
The IAE nacelle is installed with a Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA).
The nacelles are under the responsibility of engine manufacturers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 124

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D3000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

NACELLES - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

PYLONS/NACELLES D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 125

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

Stabilizers are composed of: Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS),


elevators, the vertical stabilizer and rudder.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 126

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 127

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The THS main structure has:


- the spar boxes (Center, Left Hand (LH) and Right Hand (RH) sides),
- the leading edge,
- the trailing edge,
- the attachment fittings.
The spar boxes are the primary structure of the horizontal stabilizer
and support all the other components.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 128

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 129

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
SPAR BOXES

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The complete spar box assembly has the LH and RH boxes and the
center joint.
Each spar box includes top and bottom skin panels, a front spar, a rear
spar and thirteen ribs (from Rib 2 thru Rib 14).
The LH and RH spar boxes are laminated in Carbon Fiber Reinforced
Plastic (CFRP).
The center joint is made from titanium and connects the LH and RH
spar boxes to make one single unit.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 130

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - SPAR BOXES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 131

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

A hydromechanical actuator enables the adjustment of the angle of


incidence of the THS. The actuator is connected to a dual fitting (front
spar fitting) at the forward end of Rib 1, by means of hinge arms.
The THS is attached to the cone rear fuselage structure at two pivot
points (rear support fittings). They are installed on each side of the
THS centerline at Rib 3. All fittings are made of CFRP.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 132

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 133

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

Each rear spar bears six elevator hinge arms and two fittings for the
attachment of the elevator servocontrol actuators.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 134

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 135

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
LEADING EDGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The leading edge has an aerodynamic shape at the front of the THS.
On each side of the THS centerline, the THS leading edge includes:
- three leading edge primary ribs,
- one inboard leading edge section,
- one outboard leading edge section and,
- one leading edge intersection.
All components are laminated in CFRP.
The front part of the inboard and outboard leading edge sections has
a stainless steel protection, bonded to the leading edge.
The leading edge intersection is fitted to Rib 1 and to the spar box. A
rubber strip is fitted to the intersection. It seals the gap between the
fuselage skin and the leading edge intersection.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 136

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - LEADING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 137

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
TIP

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The tips of the THS are the LH and RH outer fairings. The tips are
made of aluminum alloy and include rib and skin panels. The tips are
attached to the leading edge rib 25 and to the upper and lower shells
of the spar box.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 138

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TIP


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 139

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
TRAILING EDGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The trailing edge shapes an aerodynamic surface between the THS


spar box and the elevator.
On each side of the THS centerline, the trailing edge panels are
supported by six intermediate ribs, and by the six hinge elevator arm
supports.
The access panels are laminated in CFRP bonded to a honeycomb
core.
On each side there are four panel assemblies on the top surface and
four access panels on the bottom surface. A rubber seal is installed
between the panel assemblies and the access panels along the trailing
edges to prevent dirtiness.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 140

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TRAILING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 141

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The structure of each elevator includes:


- a front spar,
- top and bottom skin panels,
- four ribs.
All components are laminated in CFRP; the top and bottom panels are
made in sandwich construction.
Rivets attach an aluminum profile to the trailing edge to make the trailing
edge stronger.
Six hinge fittings attach each elevator to the spar box of the THS. Two
fittings attach the servo control units. You can remove the leading edge
access panels, the tips and the inboard end caps.
Each elevator has three hoisting points and four static dischargers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 142

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 143

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The vertical stabilizer is attached to the top of the rear fuselage. It


supports the rudder, which is operated by three servo control units.
The High Frequency (HF) antenna and the Very high frequency
Omnibearing Range (VOR) antenna are also attached to it.
The main components of the vertical stabilizer are:
- the spar box,
- the leading edge,
- the trailing edge,
- the tip,
- the attach fittings.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 144

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 145

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The spar box is the primary structural component of the vertical


stabilizer.
All the other components of the vertical stabilizer are attached to it.
The spar box has a front, a center and a rear spar, ribs and two side
panels with stiffeners, all laminated in CFRP.
Three pairs of main attach fittings made of CFRP attach the spar box
to the fuselage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 146

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 147

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The seven rudder hinge arms and the three actuator hinge fittings are
made from aluminum alloy and are attached to the spar box rear spar.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 148

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 149

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
LEADING EDGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The vertical stabilizer leading edge has three removable sections.


They are attached to the forward edge of the spar box side panels and
to the leading edge ribs. The lower section gives access to the HF
antenna (see ATA 53 fuselage description for the lower section).
The three sections give an aerodynamic shape to the front of the
vertical stabilizer.
The three sections are laminated in Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic
(GFRP) bonded to a honeycomb core. A stainless steel cover is bonded
to the inner surfaces of the sections and protects them against hail and
bird impact damage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 150

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - LEADING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 151

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The vertical stabilizer tip is laminated in GFRP bonded to a


honeycomb core. It is attached to the leading edge end rib and the
stabilizer spar box. An aluminum lightning strike protection strap is
bonded along the top of the tip.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 152

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 153

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
TRAILING EDGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The trailing edge is attached to the rear of the vertical stabilizer.


It has a basic aluminum alloy supporting structure made of spar
sections and profiles, and four access panels on each side. The panels
give access to the rudder servo control actuators and the hinge arms.
The panels are laminated in CFRP and GFRP bonded to a honeycomb
core.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 154

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TRAILING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 155

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


RUDDER
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft.


The components of the rudder are:
- the main structure,
- the leading edge,
- the tip,
- the hinge and actuator fittings.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 156

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

RUDDER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 157

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS D/O (3)


RUDDER (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the


rudder.
It is an assembly of two CFRP sandwich panels, CFRP laminates front
spar, top and bottom closing ribs.
An access panel, installed on the left hand side shell, gives access to
the No. 7 rudder hinge fittings. At the other locations, cutouts in the
side shells give access to the adjacent hinge fittings.
Three actuators and seven rudder hinge fittings are attached to the
forward face of the rudder main structure, and rivets attach them to
the spar and to the skin panels.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 158

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D4000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

RUDDER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 159

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


STABILIZERS
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

Stabilizers are composed of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer


(THS), the elevators, the vertical stabilizer and the rudder.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 160

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STABILIZERS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 161

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The THS main structure has the LH and RH side spar boxes, the
leading edge, the trailing edge, the THS tip and the attachment fittings.
The spar boxes are the primary structure of the horizontal stabilizer
and support all the other components.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 162

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 163

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
SPAR BOXES

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The complete spar box assembly has the LH and RH spar boxes joined
together with a center joint to make one single unit. Each spar box
includes top and bottom skin panels, a front spar, a rear spar and
thirteen ribs (from Rib 2 to Rib 14), all parts being laminated in Carbon
Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).
The center joint includes a web (Rib 1) made of CFRP and upper and
lower fittings made of titanium.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 164

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - SPAR BOXES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 165

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The front spar joint at Rib 1 made of CFRP supports the trim actuator
hinge arms.
The THS is attached to the cone/rear fuselage at Rib 3.
On each spar box side, the attachment fittings include a THS rear
support fitting of fail safe design with a lower and upper support
fittings, and a side load fitting. All fittings are made of CFRP except
the side load fitting made of aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 166

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - MAIN SUPPORT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 167

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

On each THS box, the rear spar bears:


- six hinge arms, made of CFRP, for the attachment of the elevator,
- two fittings, made of CFRP, for the attachment of the elevator servo
control actuators.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 168

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - ELEVATOR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 169

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
LEADING EDGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

At the front of the THS, the leading edge gives an aerodynamic shape.
On each side of the THS centerline, the THS leading edge includes:
three leading edge primary ribs, one inboard leading edge section,
one outboard leading edge section and one leading edge intersection.
All components are laminated in CFRP.
The front part of the inboard and outboard leading edge sections has
a stainless steel protection; it is bonded to the leading edge.
The leading edge intersection is attached to Rib 1 and to the spar box.
A rubber strip is installed at the intersection, it seals the gap between
the fuselage skin and the intersection.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 170

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - LEADING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 171

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
TIP

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The tips of the THS are the LH and RH outer fairings. The tips are
attached to the leading edge Rib 25 and to the top and bottom skin
panels of the spar box. The tips are made from aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 172

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TIP


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 173

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS)
(continued)
TRAILING EDGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The trailing edge has an aerodynamic surface between the THS spar
box and the elevator.
On each side of the THS centerline, the trailing edge panels are
supported by six intermediate ribs, and by seven hinge arm supports.
The panels are laminated in CFRP bonded to a honeycomb core.
On each side there are four panel assemblies on the top surface and
four access panels on the bottom surface. A rubber seal is installed
between the panel assemblies and the access panels along the trailing
edges to prevent dirtiness.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 174

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - TRAILING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 175

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


ELEVATORS
STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The structure of each elevator has a front spar, a top and a bottom
skin panel and four ribs.
All components are laminated in CFRP.
Six hinge fittings attach each elevator to the spar box of the THS and
two fittings attach the servo control units. You can remove the leading
edge access panels, the tips and the inboard end caps. Each elevator
has three hoisting points and four static dischargers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 176

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ELEVATORS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 177

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The vertical stabilizer is attached to the top of the rear fuselage. It


supports the rudder, which is operated by three servo control units.
The High Frequency (HF) antenna and the Very high frequency
Omnibearing Range (VOR) antenna are also attached to it.
The main components of the vertical stabilizer are:
- the spar box,
- the leading edge,
- the trailing edge,
- the tip,
- the attach fittings.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 178

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 179

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The spar box is the primary structural component of the vertical


stabilizer.
All the other components of the vertical stabilizer are attached to it.
The spar box has: a front, a center and a rear spar, ribs and side panels
with integrated stiffeners, all laminated in CFRP.
Three pairs of primary attach fittings made of CFRP attach the spar
box to the fuselage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 180

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 181

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The seven rudder hinge arms and the three actuator hinge fittings are
made from aluminum alloy and are attached to the spar box rear spar.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 182

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - SPAR BOX - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 183

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
LEADING EDGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The vertical stabilizer leading edge has four removable sections. They
are attached to the forward edge of the spar box side panels and to the
leading edge ribs. The lower section gives access to the High
Frequency (HF) antenna.
The four sections give an aerodynamic shape to the front of the vertical
stabilizer.
The four sections are laminated in Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic
(GFRP) bonded to a honeycomb core. A protective foil is bonded to
the inner surfaces of the sections and protects them against hail and
bird impact damage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 184

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - LEADING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 185

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The vertical stabilizer tip is laminated in GFRP bonded to a


honeycomb core. It is attached to the leading edge end rib and the
stabilizer spar box. An aluminum strap is bonded along the top of the
tip for lightning strike protection.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 186

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TIP - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 187

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


VERTICAL STABILIZER (continued)
TRAILING EDGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The trailing edge is attached to the rear of the vertical stabilizer.


It has a basic aluminum alloy supporting structure made of spar
sections and profiles and four access panels installed on each side.
The panels give access to the rudder hydraulics, the servo controls,
the control rods and the hinge arms.
The access panels are made of CFRP and GFRP laminations bonded
to a honeycomb core.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 188

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

VERTICAL STABILIZER - TRAILING EDGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 189

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


RUDDER
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The rudder is one of the primary flight controls of the aircraft.


The main components of the rudder are:
- the main structure,
- the leading edge,
- the tip,
- the hinge fittings and the actuator fittings.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 190

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

RUDDER - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 191

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)


RUDDER (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

The rudder main structure is the primary structural component of the


rudder.
It has an assembly of two side skin panels, a front spar, a bottom
closing rib and a top closing rib. All components of the rudder main
structure are laminated in CFRP and are attached to the rudder main
structure.
Seven rudder hinge fittings and three actuator fittings are installed on
the front spar of the rudder (all fittings are made from aluminum alloy).
An aluminum profile is installed on the trailing edge of the rudder for
lightning strike protection.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 192

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DK000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

RUDDER - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 STABILIZERS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 193

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

The windows are installed in:


- the cockpit,
- the cabin,
- the doors.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 194

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 195

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


COCKPIT WINDOWS
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

There are two types of windows:


- the fixed windows,
- the sliding windows.
The fixed windows are described as follows:
There are four fixed windows installed in the cockpit.
- two windshields,
- two fixed side windows.
The left and right windows are symmetrical.
These windows are mounted in a frame and can be removed and
installed from the exterior.
The sliding windows are installed as follows:
- on a mobile frame with a mechanism controlled from the cockpit.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 196

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COCKPIT WINDOWS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 197

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)
WINSHIELDS STRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

The windshield panels are made of several layers of different materials


depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and
are interchangeable. They are held by three retainers bolted onto the
outer surface of the frame. They are installed with an anti-icing and
defogging system.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 198

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COCKPIT WINDOWS - WINSHIELDS STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 199

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)
FIXED SIDE WINDOWS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

The fixed side windows have of two layers of different materials


depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and
are interchangeable. They are held by retainers bolted onto the inner
surface of the frame. They are installed with an integral anti - icing
and defogging system.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 200

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COCKPIT WINDOWS - FIXED SIDE WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 201

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)
SLIDING WINDOWS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

The sliding windows have several layers of different materials


depending on the windows supplier (LUCAS-ACT, PPG, SPS), and
are interchangeable. Each panel has an anti-icing and defogging
system. The sliding windows are installed on a mobile frame, which
is controlled from the cockpit, and the crew can use them as emergency
exits.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 202

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COCKPIT WINDOWS - SLIDING WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 203

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


CABIN WINDOWS
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

The windows are installed in frames and make a smooth surface with
the fuselage skin.
The cabin windows are installed and removed from the inside of the
aircraft.
The windows have a circular seal, inner and outer panes made of
stretched acrylic resin held together by a retainer ring, and eye bolts.
A vent hole in the inner pane lets the cabin pressure maintained in the
window.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 204

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CABIN WINDOWS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 205

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOWS D/O (3)


DOOR WINDOWS
STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

The passenger/crew doors and emergency exit doors have a circular


window. They are used for inspection and observation in order to
check if the cabin is pressurized and the escape slide is armed.
The windows have a circular seal, inner and outer panes made of
stretched acrylic, held together by a retainer ring. A vent hole in the
inner pane lets the cabin pressure maintained in the window.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 206

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D5000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DOOR WINDOWS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOWS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 207

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The aircraft wing is in the continuity of the structure going through the
fuselage which is divided into three parts:
- the center wing box,
- the left outer wing and,
- the right outer wing.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 208

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 209

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


CENTER WING BOX
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The center wing is installed in the center fuselage between the main
frames (Fr) 36 and 42 to make an integral fuel tank.
The center wing box structure has:
- the front and the rear spars respectively located at Fr 36 and 42,
- top and bottom skin panels,
- the two main frames 36 and 42,
- internal spanwise lattice ribs,
- the left rib 1 and the right rib 1.
The junction between the center wing box and the outer wings is done
at the left hand and right hand sides rib 1.
The access for maintenance to the center wing box is done through
two triangular openings in the rear spar.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 210

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CENTER WING BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 211

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


CENTER WING BOX (continued)
WING ROOT JOINT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

An upper cruciform fitting and a lower triform fitting ensure the


junction between the center wing box and the outer wing box.
The upper cruciform fitting makes the junction between the center
wing box top skin panels, the outer wing box top skin panels, fuselage
and Rib 1.
The lower triform fitting and a safety butt-strap fitting make the
junction between the center wing box bottom skin panels, the outer
wing box bottom skin panels and Rib 1.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 212

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CENTER WING BOX - WING ROOT JOINT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 213

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

Each outer wing has:


- a main structure (outer wing box),
- a wing tip,
- a leading edge and leading edge devices,
- a trailing edge and trailing edge devices.
The trailing edge control surfaces are:
- the inboard flap,
- the outboard flap,
- the two ailerons,
- the six spoilers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 214

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

OUTER WING - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 215

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING BOX
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The outer wing box tapers from Rib 1 (the wing root) to Rib 27 hold:
- the wing spars (front and rear),
- the ribs,
- the top and bottom skin panels,
- the top and bottom stringers,
- the wing-root joint.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 216

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

OUTER WING BOX - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 217

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING BOX (continued)
SKIN PANELS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The top and the bottom surfaces of the outer wing box are made of
skin panels machined from aluminum alloy.
There are three panels on each surface. The skin panels are stiffened
by stringers machined in aluminum alloy extrusions.
The joints between panels are aluminum alloy butt straps.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 218

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

OUTER WING BOX - SKIN PANELS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 219

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING BOX (continued)
RIBS & SPARS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

Ribs:
There are 27 ribs, machined in aluminum alloy, installed in the outer
wing box of each outer wing. Each rib is continuous between the front
and rear spars. The junction between the center wing box and the outer
wing joint is at Rib 1. Rib 1 is the boundary of the lateral section of
the center wing box. Ribs 22 and 27 make the other lateral boundaries
of the fuel and vent tanks.
Spars:
The wing spars are machined in aluminum alloy. They give strength
to the wing box and they extend from Rib 1 to Rib 27.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 220

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

OUTER WING BOX - RIBS & SPARS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 221

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


OUTER WING BOX (continued)
ACCESS HOLES/COVERS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

There are twenty-one access covers installed in the bottom skin panels
of the outer wing box. All panels close the openings that give access
to the outer wing box.
There are:
- seven non load-carrying access panels between Rib 1 and Rib 13,
clamped on the wing skin,
- fourteen load-carrying access panels between Rib 14 and Rib 27,
bolted through the skin panel.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 222

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

OUTER WING BOX - ACCESS HOLES/COVERS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 223

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED LEADING EDGE
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The fixed Leading Edge (LE) assembly is located forward of the front
spar of the wing-box.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 224

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FIXED LEADING EDGE - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 225

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED LEADING EDGE (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The fixed leading edge assembly is made of:


- the D-nose assembly, composed of aluminum alloy parts:
- the support ribs and riblets (riblets are installed between the wing
box front spar and the LE spar),
- the sub spar,
- the LE skin.
- three top surface access panels,
- bottom surface access panels, which are made of Carbon Fiber
Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) sandwich construction and are attached
with quick release fasteners.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 226

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FIXED LEADING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 227

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED LEADING EDGE (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

Two pylon ribs are installed on each side of the engine pylon. These
ribs hold the pylon shroud panels.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 228

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FIXED LEADING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 229

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


SLATS
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The wing leading edge is fitted of five slats, which make the movable
part of the wing leading edge.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 230

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SLATS - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 231

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


SLATS (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

Each slat has:


- a front spar or the stringers (girders),
- a rear spar,
- a girder
- ribs,
- top and bottom skin panels,
- a trailing edge assembly.
Slat 1 is supported by 4 tracks, two of them being driven (track 2 and
3).
Slats 2 to 5 are supported by two tracks, both being driven.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 232

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SLATS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (1/2)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 233

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


SLATS (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

When the slats are in retracted position, seals prevent airflow between
the slat and the wing.
Slats 3 to 5 are de-iced; the hot air comes from the bleed air system
and is supplied to these slats through a telescopic duct (not shown)
and piccolo tubes installed in the leading edges of the slats.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 234

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SLATS - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (2/2)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 235

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED TRAILING EDGE
STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The fixed trailing edge is located aft of the wing rear spar.
Its structure has:
- an overwing panel and an under wing panel,
- a shroud box and a fixed shroud,
- a false rear spar,
- a main landing gear attachment,
- structures support for the trailing edge control surfaces,
- access panels.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 236

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FIXED TRAILING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 237

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


FIXED TRAILING EDGE (continued)
STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

This page deals with the fixed trailing edge inner structure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 238

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FIXED TRAILING EDGE - STRUCTURE LAYOUT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 239

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The trailing edge devices are:


- two flaps,
- one aileron,
- five spoilers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 240

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 241

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
FLAPS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

Two flaps are installed on the TE of the outer wing. The inboard flap
is installed between Rib 1 and Rib 9 and the outboard flap is installed
between Ribs 9 and 20.
The flaps are connected to each other through an interconnection strut.
In case of a drive station failure, this device carries the loads, which
result in such failure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 242

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - FLAPS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 243

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
INBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The inboard flap is supported and driven by a fuselage track and


carriage at track 1 and a wing track carriage at track 2.
The inboard flap has:
- a leading edge with CFRP skin,
- a flap box with:
- skin panels and integrated stringers made of CFRP,
- track ribs and end ribs, made of aluminum alloy,
- other ribs made of aluminum alloy on the A318 and A319, and made
of CFRP or aluminum alloy on the A320,
- spars made of aluminum alloy on the A318 and A319, and made of
CFRP or aluminum alloy on the A320.
- a trailing edge made in an aluminum alloy sandwich construction.
A rubbing strip (not shown) made of stainless steel is bonded onto
the outer surface of the top skin.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 244

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - INBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 245

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
OUTBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The outboard flap is supported and driven by two wing tracks and
carriages (tracks 3 and 4).
The outboard flap has:
- a leading edge with CFRP skin,
- a flap box with:
- skin panels with integrated stringers and spars made of CFRP,
- track ribs and end ribs made of aluminum alloy,
- other ribs made of CFRP.
- a trailing edge of aluminum alloy sandwich construction.
A rubbing strip (not shown) made of stainless steel is bonded onto
the outer surface of the top skin.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 246

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - OUTBOARD FLAP STRUCTURE - A318-A319-A320


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 247

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
A321 FLAPS STRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The A321 flaps are fowler flaps with a tab on the trailing edge.
The inboard flap has:
- a leading edge and a flap box made of aluminum alloy,
- a trailing edge made in an aluminum alloy sandwich construction.
The outboard flap has:
- a leading edge with CFRP skin,
- a flap box with:
- skin panels and integrated stringers made of CFRP,
- spars made of CFRP,
- track end ribs made of aluminum alloy,
- other ribs made of CFRP.
The tab is made of honeycomb core with a skin made of aluminum
sheet metal.
The tab is operated by a linkage system.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 248

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - A321 FLAPS STRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 249

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
SPOILERS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

There are five spoilers on the upper surface of the wing trailing edge.
Spoiler 1 is connected to the false rear spar, inboard of the kink
position.
Spoilers 2 thru 5 are connected to the middle and outer sections of
the rear spar, outboard of the kink position.
A rubbing strip is attached to the trailing edge of spoilers (1 & 2 only).
It prevents damage to spoilers when flaps are retracted.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 250

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - SPOILERS GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 251

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
SPOILERS STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

Spoilers are a wedge-shaped structure.


The top and bottom skins, the sides and the trailing edge profile of
the spoilers are made in CFRP sandwich construction.
The spoiler hinges fittings and the actuator attachment fittings are
made of aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 252

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - SPOILERS STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 253

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINGS D/O (3)


TRAILING EDGE DEVICES (continued)
AILERON STRUCTURE LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

The aileron is located outboard of the outer flap and is connected to


the wing box rear spar between Ribs 22 and 27.
It is manufactured using CFRP skin (bonded to a honeycomb core in
the center area), spar and ribs.
The aileron hinge fittings and the actuator attachment fittings are made
of aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 254

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D6000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TRAILING EDGE DEVICES - AILERON STRUCTURE LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINGS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 255

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

The types of damage on metallic and composite structures are described


in SRM 51-11-00 chapter dealing with damage classification.
The table provides, the term, the cause and the description for each type
of damage.
Damage results from many causes and can be generally categorized into
four main groups:
- mechanical action,
- chemical or electrochemical reaction,
- thermal action or cycling,
- inherent metallurgical characteristics.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 256

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 257

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE
SCRATCH

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A scratch is a line of damage of any depth and length in the material,


which causes a cross sectional area change. A sharp object is usually
the cause.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 258

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - SCRATCH


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 259

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CORROSION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

Corrosion is the destruction of metal by chemical or electrochemical


effect. Refer to SRM 51-22-00 for general information concerning
corrosion.
The different types of corrosion that can occur on the aircraft are:
- pitting corrosion,
- filiform corrosion,
- intergranular corrosion,
- galvanic corrosion.
- stress corrosion,
- biological corrosion,
- fretting corrosion,
- exfoliation corrosion.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 260

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 261

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CORROSION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

This page deals with:


- pitting corrosion,
- filiform corrosion,
- intergranular corrosion,
- galvanic corrosion.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 262

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 263

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CORROSION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

This page deals with:


- stress corrosion,
- biological corrosion,
- fretting corrosion,
- exfoliation corrosion.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 264

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CORROSION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 265

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
GOUGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A gouge is a damaged area of any size, which results in a cross


sectional area change. It is usually caused by contact with a relatively
sharp object, which produces a continuous, sharp or smooth channel
like groove in the material.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 266

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - GOUGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 267

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CRACK

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A crack is a partial fracture or complete break in the material.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 268

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CRACK


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 269

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
DENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A dent is a damaged area, which is pushed in, with respect to its usual
contour. There is no cross sectional area change in the material. The
edges of the damaged area are smooth.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 270

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DENT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 271

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
NICK

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A nick is a small decrease of material due to, for example, a knock at


the edge of a member or a skin.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 272

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - NICK


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 273

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
DISTORTION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A distortion is any twisting, bending or permanent strain, which results


in misalignment or change of shape. It may be caused by an impact
from a foreign object, but is usually the result of a vibration or
movement of adjacent attached components. This group includes
bending, buckling, deformation, imbalance, misalignment, pinching,
and twisting.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 274

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DISTORTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 275

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
ABRASION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

An abrasion is a damaged area of any size, which causes change in a


cross sectional area because of scuffing, rubbing, scrapping or other
surface erosion. It is usually rough and irregular.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 276

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - ABRASION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 277

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
DEBONDING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

Debonding is the separation of material due to an adhesive failure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 278

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DEBONDING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 279

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
DELAMINATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A delamination is when a separation of plies occurs in multi-laminate


material. The material being hit or when there is a resin failure for
any other reason can cause a delamination.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 280

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - DELAMINATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 281

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
FRETTING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A fretting is a surface damage at the interface between elements of


the joints resulting from very small angular or linear movements. The
result of fretting is usually the production of fine black powder
staining.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 282

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - FRETTING


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 283

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
CREASE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A crease is a damaged area, which is pushed in or folded back on


itself. The edges of the damaged area are sharp or well specified lines
or ridges.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 284

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - CREASE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 285

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE (continued)
MARK

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

A mark is a damaged area of any size where a concentration of


scratches, nicks, chips, burrs or gouges etc. is shown. You must
consider the damage as an area and not as a serie of individual
scratches, gouges, etc.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 286

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D7000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON STRUCTURE - MARK


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 287

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

The windows include the cockpit windows (windshields, sliding windows,


and aft fixed windows), the cabin windows and the passenger/crew door
windows.
Information dealing with different types of damage on windows, is in
page block 6xx of the relevant AMM chapters:
- AMM 56-11-11 for the windshields,
- AMM 56-12-11 for the sliding windows,
- AMM 56-11-12 for the aft fixed windows,
- AMM 56-21-13 for the cabin windows,
- AMM 56-31-00 for the passenger /crew door windows.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 288

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 289

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

The types of damage on cockpit windows are mentioned in:


- AMM 56-11-11 page block 6xx for windshields,
- AMM 56-11-12 page block 6xx for aft fixed windows,
- AMM 56-12-11 page block 6xx for sliding windows.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 290

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 291

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS (continued)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
The types of damage (illustrated) on cockpit windows are:
- Crack: line type defect through the depth of the ply,
- delamination: local separation of glass and interlayer,
- interlayer microflakes: due to moisture ingress in interlayer,
- burning (on windshields only): discoloration of the slip pan due to
hot corner effect,
- bubbles: appear between the inner face of the outer ply and the
interlayer,
- burn spot: due to degradation of the heating film element,
- discoloration: due to penetration of dust or sealant.
The types of damage not illustrated are:
- scratch: line type defect in the external surface of the window causing
a cross sectional change,
- chips: flakes of glass broken from the surface and the edges of the
window,
- transparency: halos on the surface of the window can make them
less transparent,
- rain repellent fluid residue on windshields only,
- damage on the soft liner on windshields (if supplied by SPS company
only).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 292

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 293

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW
DOOR WINDOWS
RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

The cabin and passenger/crew door windows have an inner and an


outer pane. The types of damage on cabin door windows are mentioned
in AMM 56-21-13 page block 6xx and on passenger/crew door
windows in AMM 56-31-00 page block 6xx.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 294

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - RELEVANT ATA CHAPTERS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 295

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)


TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW
DOOR WINDOWS (continued)
DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

The types of damage are:


- crazing: small cracks that go in one or all directions,
- scratch: type line defect which causes a cross sectional area change,
- crack: partial fracture or complete break of the window pane,
- orange peel effect: irregular cracks on or under the surface,
- chipping: flakes of stretched acrylic broken on the edge of the pane,
- delamination: slate like separation of the material,
- pitting: impact by hard particles against the surface.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 296

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D8000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

TYPES OF DAMAGE ON CABIN AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 297

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The structure repair manual is a non-customized document.


It has been prepared in accordance with Air Transport Association of
America (ATA) specification 100.
The SRM includes descriptive information as well as specific instructions
and data to perform the assessment of structural damage and to perform
repairs. The manual content is approved by the French Airworthiness
Authority DGAC ("Direction Gnrale de l'Aviation Civile").
For most of the damage/defect discovered on the aircraft structure, the
SRM is the first document to be used to assess the damage, to identify
the affected structure and to determine the subsequent action or repair to
be performed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 298

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 299

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


MANUAL BREAKDOWN

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The SRM is divided into seven main chapters (From ATA 51 to ATA
57) and the SRI (Structure Repair Inspection).
The manual also contains an introduction chapter (Chapter 00), and some
additional information pages (HIGHLIGHTS, RECORD OF
REVISIONS...) located just at the beginning of the manual.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 300

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MANUAL BREAKDOWN
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 301

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


FRONT PAGES
GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The front pages of the manual provides general information related


to the manual itself:
- revision transmittal sheet,
- highlights,
- record of revisions approved,
- record of temporary revisions,
- list of effective temporary revisions.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 302

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FRONT PAGES - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 303

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


FRONT PAGES (continued)
HIGHLIGHTS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The highlights chapter deals with the identification, location of the


changes within the SRM from the previous revision. The type of
change (page revised, new, deleted) is also presented.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 304

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

FRONT PAGES - HIGHLIGHTS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 305

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION
GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The introduction chapter contains all necessary information and


explanations to enable a correct use of the manual.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 306

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INTRODUCTION - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 307

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION (continued)
AIRPLANE ALLOCATION LIST

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

It also contains the airplane allocation list, giving for each MSN
(Manufacturer Serial Number), the airplane type, the aircraft rank
within the customer version, the customer, the customer abbreviation
code and the registration number.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 308

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INTRODUCTION - AIRPLANE ALLOCATION LIST


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 309

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT INFORMATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

This section of the introduction chapter enables the identification of


the aircraft weight variant according to the aircraft serie, engine types,
aircraft model and the modification associated to the weight variant
changes.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 310

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INTRODUCTION - WEIGHT VARIANT INFORMATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 311

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION (continued)
ALPHANUMERICAL INDEX

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

This document provides a list of all PNs (Part numbers) referenced


within the SRM and gives the related ATA chapter, the figure number,
the configuration and the item number within the figure. This list is
updated at each SRM revision. It provides a quick access to the part,
to identify within the manual using the part number as a key.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 312

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INTRODUCTION - ALPHANUMERICAL INDEX


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 313

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS)
GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

For permanent repairs with inspection program, inspections are quoted


along with the repair.
Due to the amount of inspections, these requirements have been
transferred in a separate appendix to the SRM:
- for more clarity of the SRM,
- for better handling of the inspection requirements.
The chapter Structural Repair Instructions (SRI) gives all necessary
inspection instructions on structural repairs and allowable damage
limits, and provides the airlines with information to integrate the
additional inspections to their own maintenance program.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 314

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 315

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
GENERAL (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

If an inspection is needed, an Inspection Instruction Reference (IIR)


will be specified within the related repair. The operator shall then
refer to the SRI chapter to find out all the inspection instructions using
the IIR as a key.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 316

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - GENERAL (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 317

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
I.I.R. (INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The explanation of the IIR is given at the beginning of the SRI chapter.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 318

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - I.I.R. (INSPECTION INSTRUCTION REFERENCE)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 319

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
SRI CONTENTS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

At the beginning of the SRI chapter, a table of contents provides the


list of repairs concerned by special inspections requirements.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 320

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 321

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Within the introduction section of the SRI, the "Inspection Instruction


Schemes" table enables the operator to locate the inspection instruction
within the SRI (for inspection ref. 53-41-11-2-001-00, instructions
are to be found in paragraph 1.A.).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 322

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 323

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Within the concerned paragraph, the inspection instruction are divided


into three main parts:
- the general information part, which reminds the inspection location,
- the inspection information table (A/C concerned, inspection
threshold, interval, required inspection methods),
- the inspection areas illustrations.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 324

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 325

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) (continued)
SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)-INSPECTION AREAS
ILLUSTRATIONS (IF ANY - E.G. 53-00-11)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The areas to be inspected are defined on the illustration, with the


identification of the applicable inspection methods and applicable
NTM procedures.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 326

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRI (STRUCTURAL REPAIR INSPECTIONS) - SRI CONTENTS (CONT'D)-INSPECTION AREAS ILLUSTRATIONS (IF ANY - E.G. 53-00-11)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 327

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

When damage is discovered, the first step is to evaluate, classify and


accurately measure it. The SRM chapter 51-11-XX provides useful
information to perform this assessment in the best conditions (damage
definitions and classification, classification of structures, allowable
damage definitions and damage/defect reporting process).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 328

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 329

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The next step is the full identification of the affected area/structure.


This is achieved using the identification page block (pages 01-99) of
the related specific chapter/section (52-57). According to the original
structure data and the actual damage characteristics, it is then possible
to determine whether the damage is within the defined allowable limits
or not. This is done using the allowable damage page block (pages
101-199) of the related specific chapter/section. If the damage is within
the allowable limits, the subsequent actions are generally a slight
rework and a re-protection of the affected area, using the standard
procedures of chapter 51.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 330

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 331

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

If the damage is above the limits, you must check whether a repair is
available and/or applicable within the repair page block (pages
201-999).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 332

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MANUAL GENERAL USAGE PROCEDURE - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 333

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


NUMBERING SYSTEM AND PAGE BLOCK ALLOCATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Each subject, within the SRM, is identified using a three-element


numbering system chapter/section and sub-section:
- the first element designates the chapter which is assigned by the ATA
spec. 100,
- the second element designates the section within the chapter. The first
digit is assigned by the ATA spec. 100. The second digit is assigned by
Airbus S.A.S,
- the third element identifies the subsection (subject) within the section
and is assigned by Airbus S.A.S.
A standard page block allocation is used for all SRM chapters:
- pages 1 to 99 for structure identification,
- pages 101 to 199 for allowable damage,
- pages 201 to 999 for repairs.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 334

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

NUMBERING SYSTEM AND PAGE BLOCK ALLOCATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 335

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL)
Information of a general nature or information applicable to more than
one chapter, is included in chapter 51.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

NOTE: Note: the entry point within the SRM is always the specific
chapter 52 to 57, depending on the damage location.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 336

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 337

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued)
CONTENTS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The table of contents is detailed in the following illustrations.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 338

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 339

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued)
CONTENTS (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Chapter 51 table of contents (2/3).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 340

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 341

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) (continued)
CONTENTS (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Chapter 51 table of contents (3/3).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 342

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CHAPTER 51 (STRUCTURE GENERAL) - CONTENTS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 343

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS
LAYOUT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Chapters 52 to 57 have the same layout, which conforms to the defined


page block allocation system (PB 1 to 99-identification, PB 101 to
199-allowable damage, PB 201 to 999-repairs). In addition, a table
of contents and a Service Bulletin (SB) list are provided at the
beginning of each chapter. Depending on the chapters, the
Modification/Service Bulletin list is to be found either at the chapter
level, or main section level.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 344

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - LAYOUT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 345

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Located at the beginning of each chapter, the SB list is a list of all


service bulletins referenced within the chapter.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 346

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - SERVICE BULLETIN LIST


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 347

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The user can refer to this list to get more information regarding a
specific service bulletin in terms of:
- revision status of the SB,
- date of introduction within the SRM,
- description.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 348

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 349

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)
MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Located at:
- door level for chapter 52,
- fuselage section level for chapter 53,
- chapter level for chapter 54,
- main assembly level for chapter 55,
- wing section level for chapter 57, this list is provided to enable the
user to determine the effectivity of the modification/SB.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 350

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 351

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS (continued)
MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

This list provides, for a given modification number, its associated


suffix and the aircraft standard, and the effectivity expressed in MSN.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 352

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CHAPTER 52 TO 57 CONTENTS - MODIFICATION/SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 353

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
EXAMPLE : COMPOSITE STRUCTURES

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

In the identification pages, the individual parts of the major


components are illustrated and listed in tabular form. Each
identification topic begins with an introduction page, which includes
a general information paragraph. The item number is the key between
the illustration and the identification table. For composite structures,
the illustration provides identification of individual layers, orientation
and materials. A ply (layer) orientation reference is also given.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 354

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - EXAMPLE : COMPOSITE STRUCTURES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 355

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
EXAMPLE : METALLIC STRUCTURES

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

For metallic structure such as fuselage skin panels, the different


material thicknesses are provided using letter codes or shaded areas
as a key to the thickness tables. The associated identification table
provides the additional material, part number modification status
information.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 356

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - EXAMPLE : METALLIC STRUCTURES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 357

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The typical identification table associated with the illustration(s)


contains different columns:
- ITEM,
- NOMENCLATURE,
- SPECIFICATION AND/OR SECTION CODE,
- THICKNESS IN MM (IN.) AND/OR PARTNUMBER,
- IC: INTERCHANGEABILITY,
- ACTION OR REPAIR,
- STATUS (MOD/PROP) SB/RC (MOD/PROP:
Modification/Proposal, RC: Recordable Concession),
In addition: the relevant assembly drawings are listed at the end of
the table (ASSY DRAWINGS:...........).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 358

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 359

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ITEM COLUMN)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The item number is the link with the associated illustrations. This
column also indicates the different evolutions of the same item (with
a suffix letter: 1A, 1B,..) compared to the basic version (without
suffix). Each evolution is linked to a production modification given
in the column ''status (MOD/PROP)''.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 360

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ITEM COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 361

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED
(SPECIFICATION/SECTION CODE COLUMN)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

This column provides information related to the type of material used


(material specification), and when possible/available, the appropriate
standards. To get more information regarding the material
specifications the user can refer to the SRM chapter 51:
- 51-31-00 for metallic materials,
- 51-33-00 for non-metallic materials (composite materials).
When the appropriate standard is shown, the user can refer to the
Airbus S.A.S. Standard Manual(SM).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 362

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (SPECIFICATION/SECTION CODE COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 363

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

This example shows the way to proceed to find out the material
information within the chapter 51-31-00 for metallic structure, starting
with the material specification. A first list provides the table to be
used (e.g. table 4 for 3.1364T42).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 364

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 365

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The material table provides, for a given material specification, the


European substitute (if used by the other European manufacturers and
the United States substitutes).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 366

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - CHAPTER 51-31-00 EXAMPLE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 367

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
STANDARD MANUAL EXTRACT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The standard manual provides the additional information linked to a


given standard number.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 368

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - STANDARD MANUAL EXTRACT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 369

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED
(THICKNESS/PART NUMBER COLUMN)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The Part Number (PN) corresponding to the structural component is


shown in this column. Within the PN, the first nine characters give
the detailed drawing number of the component, which is an entry key
to the airbus drawing set. In general the "as drawn" parts are Left
Hand (LH) and are provided with an even part number (e.g.: ...202).
In the SRM, the identification table always states the LH part number
on the first line and the RH part number (when indicated) on the
second line.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 370

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (THICKNESS/PART NUMBER COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 371

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (IC COLUMN)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The IC column provides the interchangeability status of the parts:


- 01: one way interchangeable (post-mod part to be used to replace
pre-mod part),
- 02: two ways interchangeable (post-mod or pre-mod parts can be
used),
- 03: no interchangeability.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 372

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (IC COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 373

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ACTION OR
REPAIR COLUMN)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

This column gives indication concerning the action or repair to be


performed. For existing general or specific repairs, the
chapter/section/sub-section is inserted. For a recommendation to
replace the part, the word "REPLACE" is inserted. Where left blank,
a case-by-case assessment has to be performed to determine the
relevant corrective action (part replacement, repair as per SRM or
specific repair as per Airbus SAS definition).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 374

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (ACTION OR REPAIR COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 375

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS
MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Linked with the Item column, the STATUS MOD/PRP, SB/RC column
gives the modification or service bulletin driving the different
evolutions of a structural component (listed in column Item). A prefix
letter is used to identify the status BEFORE ("B" letter) or AFTER
("A" letter) SB or Modification. The suffix letter (A, B, C, D...)
indicated at the end of the MOD/PROP (and column "S" of the
MOD/SB list) shows the different effectivity within the same
MOD/PROP number.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 376

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 377

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS
MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))
To find the relevant effectivity linked to a modification shown in the
STATUS column, the user must refer to the modification/service
bulletin list.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

NOTE: the status before or after modification/SB and the relevant


modification solution (suffix letter) should not be forgotten.
Within the modification/service bulletin list, the effectivities
are expressed in MSN.
to find the relationship between the customer version number
(e.g.. AFR 01 0016) and the MSN, the user can refer to the
airplane allocation list of the introduction chapter of the
SRM.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 378

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN
(CONT'D))
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 379

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99)
(continued)
IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS
MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN (CONT'D))

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

When the modification is linked to a SB, the SB number is also


mentioned, below the modification number. The SB list located at the
beginning of the chapter can be used to get more information.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 380

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION PAGE BLOCK (PAGES 01 TO 99) - IDENTIFICATION TABLE DETAILED (STATUS MOD/PROP SB/RC COLUMN
(CONT'D))
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 381

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CONFIGURATIONS
GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

When modification or service bulletin are extensive and the preceding


method of reflecting effectivity becomes cumbersome, thus distracting
from the continuity of subject matter, additional page blocks are
established. These additional page blocks are further identified by the
introduction of a configuration code (CONFIG-1, CONFIG-2), etc...)
following the chapter/section/sub-section. Configuration codes are
always in ascending, sequential numerical order, i.e., CONFIG-1,
CONFIG-2, CONFIG-3, etc... The first example shown below
illustrates the change in the A320 vertical stabilizer spar box design
and manufacturing following modification 26500K4924H.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 382

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONFIGURATIONS - GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 383

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


CONFIGURATIONS (continued)
EXAMPLE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Here is an example of different configurations. The modification of


the design and production process of the carbon fiber vertical stabilizer
spar box leads to two configurations within the chapter 55. The
configuration number is indicated at the bottom of the related pages.
On this example, as highlighted, the configuration 1 is applicable
before modification 26500K4924H. Configuration 2 is applicable
after modification 26500K4924H. It is of the operator duty to select
first in which configuration the concerned aircraft is, before going
further in the SRM investigation. This is done using the service
bulletin/modification list located at the beginning of the chapter or
section.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 384

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

CONFIGURATIONS - EXAMPLE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 385

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101)
GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The information to be found within allowable damage page block


enables the operator to define whether a damaged airplane may be
returned into service without repair. An allowable damage permitted
has no significant effect on the strength or fatigue life of the structure,
which must still be capable of fulfilling its function. Allowable damage
may require minimal rework such as cleanup or drilling of stop holes.
Basically the allowable page block contains different page types:
- general information pages,
- damage criteria tables,
- paragraph for each type of damage,
- damage measurement procedure,
- damage localization (zoning) figures,
- allowable damage diagram.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 386

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 387

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE INFORMATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

After a careful reading of the first information page(s), the first step
in the allowable damage determination, consists in the use of the
damage criteria table.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 388

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE INFORMATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 389

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA TABLE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The damage criteria table enables the operator to determine the relevant
paragraph (e.g. 4A) that should be used, depending on the type of
damage (e.g.: allowable rework), and the affected structure (e.g. skin
plates).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 390

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - DAMAGE CRITERIA TABLE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 391

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

For some allowable damage (e.g. dent allowable damage), the


allowable damage effectivity per weight variant must be checked.
The table (e.g. table 102) at the beginning of the allowable damage
relevant paragraph shall be used. The allowable damage information
contained within the related paragraph is justified and applicable for
the listed weight variant only. If not, contact Airbus.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 392

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE EFFECTIVITY


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 393

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

To define the "as delivered" weight variant of a concerned MSN, the


first step is to refer to the airplane allocation list of the introduction
chapter, which gives the corresponding type (e.g.: A320-232). Then,
refer to the weight variant identification list, also in the introduction
chapter.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 394

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 395

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The weight variant identification list gives, for a given aircraft type,
the different possible "as delivered" weight variants. The next step
will be to determine which one of these possible weight variants is
applicable to the concerned MSN.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 396

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 397

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

To determine the applicable "as delivered" weight variant, the operator


must check which of the associated modification(s) is effective on the
concerned MSN. The Aircraft Inspection Report (AIR) can be used
for this purpose. Once found, the corresponding weight variant is
considered as the weight variant of concerned MSN at delivery.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 398

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 399

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The "as delivered" weight variant may change after delivery, following
the embodiment of a service bulletin. It is the operator's responsibility
to check the embodiment of referenced SB, in order to determine the
relevant weight variant for the affected MSN. The information is given
into Table 2 "Service Bulletin/Weight Variant List".

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 400

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 401

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The table 2-"Service Bulletin/Weight Variant List" provides for the


related aircraft type (e.g.: A320-232) the different service bulletin
applicable. For the given MSN, the operator must check whether one
of the possible SB has been embodied or not. If yes, the weight variant
of the aircraft becomes the weight variant given by the table.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 402

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 403

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

For aircraft which have been subject to weight variant change through
a SB embodiment: the weight variant information to be used to identify
the effectivity of the given allowable damage (or repair information),
is the heaviest weight variant that the subject aircraft has been operated
with, since its delivery.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 404

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - WEIGHT VARIANT DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 405

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DETERMINATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The allowable damage diagram to be used, generally depends on the


location of the damage on the concerned structure.
Illustrations are used to locate the damage and thus to define the
relevant diagram to be used (e.g. refer to diagram 102).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 406

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DETERMINATION (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 407

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

As a last step of the damage investigation, the use of the allowable


damage diagrams provides the necessary information concerning the
actions to be performed, depending on damage extent.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 408

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 409

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Provided that no cracks have been detected, this first area of the
allowable damage rework diagram defines typical allowable damage
without any time limits. The surface protection needs to be restored.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 410

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 411

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

This second area for reworks depth between 10 % and 25 % of the


nominal thickness, also defines allowable damage but with a time
limit.
In this example a repair has to be performed before 3000 flights at
the latest. The surface protection has to be restored.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 412

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 413

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

This area is defined for reworks depth between 25 % and 40 % of the


nominal thickness. It is still allowable damage, provided that no crack
is detected. But a repair has to be performed before 50 flights at the
latest.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 414

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 415

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Stop drill and apply high-speed tape for one flight pressurized or
unpressurized only, or do a temporary repair as per 53-00-11 figure
210.
Temporary repair has to be replaced by a final repair within 2500
flights.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 416

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 417

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

For damage located in this area, the damage shall be stop drilled before
a ferry flight without cabin pressure. Install high-speed tape before
the ferry flight. A repair has to be performed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 418

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 419

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) (continued)
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
(CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

For damage located in this area, a repair has to be performed


immediately or a ferry flight may be allowed upon manufacturer's
authorization.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 420

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DAMAGE PAGE BLOCK (PB 101) - ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM EXAMPLE (CONT'D)
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 421

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201)
GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The Repairs Page Block (PB 201), contains necessary information to


carry out permissible repairs.
Each of the repairs is described with illustrations and procedure
instructions, which includes repair applicability data and repair
material lists.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 422

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 423

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
LIST OF AVAILABLE REPAIR SCHEMES

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

At the beginning of each repair page block, a list of available repair


schemes is provided for a quick assess to the repairs.
The repairs can be located in the general section of chapter 53 (e.g.:
53-00-11 for standard fuselage skin repairs), or directly covered within
the related section when the repair is specific (e.g. paragraph 5A, Fig.
201).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 424

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - LIST OF AVAILABLE REPAIR SCHEMES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 425

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The relevant paragraph of the repair instructions contain information


related to:
- the applicability of the concerned repair,
- general reminders linked to repair principles and rules.
Note: an IIR appears within the repair instructions.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 426

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 427

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

All the materials (repair materials and consumable materials) are listed
within the concerned repair instructions. Consumable materials are
call-up using their Consumable Material List (CML) code (e.g.
09-013). For more information on these materials, the user can refer
to the SRM chapter 51-35-00 consumable materials and/or the CML
document.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 428

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 429

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

this SRM chapter(51-35-00) deals with consumable materials.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 430

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 431

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Information concerning the consumable materials can also be found


in the CML.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 432

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 433

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

The repair instruction lists all the steps of the repair, with references
to the standard processes and practices covered within the chapter 51
when required.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 434

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 435

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SRM D/O (3)


REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) (continued)
REPAIR ILLUSTRATIONS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

Note: an IIR appears within the repairs illustrations.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 436

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51D9000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

REPAIRS PAGE BLOCK (PB 201) - REPAIR ILLUSTRATIONS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

SRM D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 437

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

The windows are:


- the cockpit windows ( windshields, sliding windows, and aft fixed
windows),
- the cabin windows and,
- the passenger/crew door windows.
To find the corrective actions for each type of defect, refer to the page
block 6xx of the relevant AMM chapters:
- AMM 56-11-11 for the windshields,
- AMM 56-12-11 for the sliding windows,
- AMM 56-11-12 for the aft fixed windows,
- AMM 56-21-13 for the cabin windows,
- AMM 56-31-00 for the passenger/crew door windows.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 438

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

GENERAL
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 439

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

Refer to the relevant AMM chapter for each type of cockpit windows.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 440

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 441

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
(continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON WINDSHIELDS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

Refer to AMM 56-11-11 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions
for the following types of defect on windshields:
- cracks,
- scratches,
- chips,
- delaminating,
- discoloration,
- interlayer micro flakes,
- bubbles,
- burn spot,
- transparency,
- rain repellent fluid residue,
- damage on the soft liner (if supplied by SPS company only).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 442

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON WINDSHIELDS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 443

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
(continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON SLIDING WINDOWS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

Refer to AMM 56-12-11 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions
for the following types of defect on sliding windows:
- cracks,
- scratches,
- chips,
- delaminating,
- bubbles,
- discoloration or burning,
- interlayer micro flakes,
- transparency,
- crazing,
- burn spots.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 444

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON SLIDING WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 445

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS
(continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON AFT FIXED
WINDOWS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

Refer to AMM 56-11-12 pages block 6xx to get the corrective actions
for the following types of defect on aft fixed windows:
- cracks,
- scratches,
- chips,
- delaminating,
- bubbles,
- discoloration or burning,
- transparency,
- interlayer micro flakes,
- burn spots.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 446

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON COCKPIT WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON AFT FIXED WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 447

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS
AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

Refer to the relevant AMM for the cabin and passenger/crew door
windows.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 448

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 449

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS
AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS (continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

Refer to AMM 56-21-13 page block 6xx to get the allowable damages
for the following types of defect on cabin windows:
- delaminating,
- scratches,
- pitting,
- crazing,
- crazing with bulging,
- bulging,
- orange peel effect,
- chipping,
- cracks,
- vent hole damage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 450

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE
ON CABIN WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 451

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)


INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS
AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS (continued)
INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON PASSENGER/CREW
DOOR WINDOWS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

Refer to AMM 56-31-00 page block 6xx to get the allowable damage
for the following types of defect on passenger/crew door windows:
- scratches,
- crazing,
- bulging,
- crazing with bulging,
- delaminating.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 452

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DA000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE ON CABIN WINDOWS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS - INVESTIGATION OF DAMAGE
ON PASSENGER/CREW DOOR WINDOWS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

WINDOW DAMAGE ASSESSMENT D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 453

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The purpose of this example is to present, the complete procedure to be


followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping draft
to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen as it
represents one of the more usual types of damage on an A/C and gives
an in depth investigation with all the different stages.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 454

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 455

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information
regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if
any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM. Information
concerning the damage classification and reporting are to be found within
the SRM chapter 51-11-00. The concerned damage is a dent with no
visible crack. At this stage, take visual reference to facilitate damage
location. Such as, a forward or aft passenger door, or a cargo door, above
or below cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, close to a longitudinal or
circumferential joint, etc...). If the dent is close to a rivet row, an internal
visual inspection is required to determine whether the internal structure
(frame, stringer, etc...) is also damaged or not.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 456

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 457

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

Using SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should be


taken from the aircraft before starting any assessment (measurement and
location of the maximum depth, distance of dent edges to nearest fastener
rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible structure that will
help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 458

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 459

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

Using the data collected from the A/C, the mapping should be
completed by determining the exact location (in terms of frame
numbers and stringer numbers). For this purpose, refer to the beginning
of the chapter 53 (fuselage).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 460

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 461

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The illustration of chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to determine


the circumferential joint related frame numbers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 462

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 463

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and


the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding
the damage can be determined. According to the mapping information,
the damage is located between the first and the second frame after the
circumferential joint located at Fr 24. Consequently, the damage is
located between Fr 25 and 26.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 464

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 465

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage


also need to be determined. For this purpose the "General panel
identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00 can be
used. According to the data collected on the A//C and the location of
the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected
panel can be determined. For this example the damage is located on
panel 7 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 18LH & 32LH, and
Fr 24 & 35.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 466

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 467

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The information collected can be reported onto the damage mapping.


The damage is located between Fr 25 and 26. The stringer number
corresponds to the longitudinal skin joint from which the damage has
been located. Nevertheless, the exact stringer numbers surrounding
the damage need to be confirmed. For this purpose, the information
provided in the identification page block of the concerned panel has
to be used.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 468

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 469

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The "fuselage section division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used


before enables the definition of the affected section: "Forward fuselage"
- section 13/14 - chapter 53-20-00. The general illustration of 53-20-00
identifies the main structural arrangement of the forward fuselage. Skin
plates are part of the "MAIN STRUCTURE" covered by section 53-21-00.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 470

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 471

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

Following SRM 53-21-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin
panels (skin plates) are item number 1. The illustration associated
nomenclature informs us that the full identification of the skin panels
(skin plates) are covered by SRM 53-21-11.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 472

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 473

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

All the skin panels (plates) of the forward fuselage are listed within
the nomenclature located at the front page of SRM 53-21-11. Using
the information collected before (affected panel: lower side panel left, between Fr 24 & 35 and Stgr 18 & 32), the nomenclature provides
the figure number we have to refer to: "Skin plates - LWR parts LH
Fr 24 to Fr 35: REFER TO Figure 1".

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 474

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 475

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The figure 1 identifies two different panels (view A and C). The view
A concerns the skin panel located from Stgr 18LH to 32LH. The view
C concerns the skin panel located from Stgr 32LH to 41LH. According
to the damage mapping, the view A is concerned. The damage has
been located on panel 7 (between Stgr 18LH and 32LH).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 476

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 477

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The view A, identifies all the different items which are part of the
panel (e.g. crack stoppers, doublers...), and a view indication identifies
the skin itself for more details (View D). The view D identifies the
different material thicknesses (letter codes), and all the stringer
locations.
There are two different panel configurations illustrated, showing the
basic version of the panel and an other possible version effective after
the embodiment of production modification(s). Modification numbers
are indicated at the bottom of the page. The next step of the
investigation is to define which of these panels is installed on the
concerned A/C.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 478

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 479

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

To identify the actual panel, the modification numbers indicated at


the bottom of the page have to be compared with the service
bulletin/modification list, located at the beginning of chapter 53-20-00.
The purpose is to check their effectivity in terms of Manufacturer
Serial Number (MSN).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 480

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 481

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The view D of panel on figure 1, sheet 5 is valid after Modifications


(MODs) 27117P5234 or 2729P5353. Checking the Modification / SB
List at the beginning of chapter 53-20-00, MSN 2057 doesn't appear
in this list of MSN proposed for each of the modification. So the panel
installed on the A/C is a basic version, then, refer to view D figure 1,
sheet 3.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 482

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 483

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The damage is located between Fr 25 and 26, and is located between


the fourth and the fifth stringer from Stgr 18 LH (longitudinal skin
joint reference).
This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives:
- the material thickness of the area (code B, giving 1.4 mm (0.055
in)),
- the stringer location: the damage is located between Stgr 22LH and
23LH.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 484

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 485

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
MAPPING (FINALIZATION)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers
and the nominal skin thickness in the dented area. The damage
assessment using the allowable damage page block is the next step.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 486

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 487

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

To start the damage assessment refer to the page block 101 of the
relevant chapter/section (53-21-11), and start to read carefully the
procedure. A special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 488

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 489

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

A caution note indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per


A/C weight variant may have to be verified. The weight variant is a
criterion which is defined for each model of A/C and depending on
its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTWO), Maximum Landing Weight
(MLW), Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MSFW). The allowable damage
limits are defined per weight variant and for a same model. The weight
variant can change, depending on the modification or Service Bulletin
(SB) embodiment status. The actual weight variant of the affected
A/C has to be known before starting the assessment. Because of the
modifications, which could be embodied on the A/C, only the airline
engineering department shall give you this information. The actual
weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table at the
beginning of allowable damage related paragraph.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 490

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 491

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

A second caution note indicates that in some cases, an inspection may


be required to check for crack, even if the damage is determined as
being allowable.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 492

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 493

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

Check the applicability of the allowable damage for dents.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 494

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 495

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

To keep on with the damage assessment procedure, a note asks the


operator to refer to the damage criteria table 101.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 496

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 497

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The allowable damage description/criteria table (101), shows two


types of dents:
- dent* referring to paragraph 4B,
- dent ** referring to paragraph 4C.
Note that an Inspection Instruction Reference (IIR) is indicated for
dents*. The first step is to define which paragraph is applicable to
reported dent. Dents are considered as fulfilling nearness/form criterion
or out of nearness/form criterion, in accordance with their geometry
and their proximity to the nearest adjacent internal structure elements.
This must be determined according to the parameters defined in figure
104.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 498

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 499

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

To define whether the dent fulfils or not the nearness/form criterion,


two criteria have to be checked:
- the first criterion consists in checking the smallest distance measured
from the dent edge to any fastener row (frame, stringer) distance B.
This distance should be minimum 15 mm (0.59 in),
- the second criterion consists in comparing the depth of the dent (D)
with the smallest distance measured from the deepest point of the dent
to the closest adjacent structure (distance A).
The depth of the dent should be maximum 10% of the distance A. If
one of these criteria is not met, the dent **, and thus paragraph 4C
(dent not fulfilling criteria) should be taken to keep on with paragraph
4B.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 500

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 501

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The second criterion consists in comparing the depth of the dent (D)
with the smallest distance, measured from the deepest point of the
dent to the closest adjacent structure (distance A). If no access from
inside, the measurement is taken from outside, from the deepest point
of the dent to the closest fastener row (distance X). The distance A
will become distance X - 15 mm, which is the average considered
edge margin.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 502

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 503

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

Check for the first criterion to be fulfilled. B distance : minimum 15


mm. The smallest distance measured between the edge of the dent
and the surrounding fastener rows is 29 mm, which is higher than 15
mm. The first criterion is met.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 504

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 505

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

Check for the second criterion to be fulfilled: the depth of the dent
should be maximum 10% of the distance A. The distance measurement
has been done from outside: the smallest distance between the deepest
point of the dent and the surrounding fastener row is 66 mm. Since
measured from outside, distance A = 66 mm - 15 mm = 51 mm; 10%
of A = 5.1 mm. The second criterion is also fulfilled since the depth
of the dent (D = 4.5 mm) is smaller than 10% of A.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 506

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 507

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The dent fulfils "nearness/form criterion", then refer to paragraph 4.B.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 508

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 509

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage


pages, the allowable damage applicability have to be checked, using
the weight variant table (table 102) given at the beginning of the
paragraph. The information coming from the airline-engineering
department shows that the MSN 2057 is at weight variant 001.
Checking the table 102, weight variant 001 is included in, and thus
the following allowable damage information can be used.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 510

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 511

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

Compare the dents in accordance with diagram 103.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 512

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 513

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The skin thickness in the dented area, and the depth of the dent, are
the keys to get into to diagram. You must refer to the data collected
before (damage mapping).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 514

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 515

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

The skin thickness in the dented area is 1.4 mm (found in the


identification pages). The depth of the dent is 4.5mm (measured from
the A/C damage mapping). These two values are plotted onto the
diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located
defines the subsequent actions to be performed. For the concerned
dent, the actions to be performed are as follow: "check damage for
cracks by detailed visual examination. If clear, repair within 3000
FC". Provided that no crack is detected by detailed visual inspection,
the dent is considered as an allowable damage with a time limit
(temporary allowable damage). The A/C can be released. But a repair
will have to be done before 3000 Flight Cycles (FC).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 516

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DB000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 1 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 517

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The purpose of this example is to present you the complete procedure to


be followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping
draft to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen
as it represents one of the more usual types of damage on the A/C and
enables to make an in depth investigation with all the different stages.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 518

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 519

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information
regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if
any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM. All the information
regarding the damage classification or the rework, if any, are to be found
within SRM chapter 51. The applicable damage is a scratch with no
visible crack. At this stage: take visual reference to facilitate damage
location. Such as, a forward or an aft passenger door, or a cargo door,
above or below the cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, near a
longitudinal or circumferential skin joint, etc...
If the scratch is near a rivet row, an internal visual inspection is required
to determine whether the internal structure (frame, stringer, etc...) is also
damaged or not.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 520

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 521

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

Using the SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should


be taken from the A/C before starting any assessment. (measurement and
location of the maximum depth, distance of rework edges to the nearest
fastener rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible structure
that will help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 522

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 523

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

Using the data collected from the A/C, the mapping should be
completed by determining the exact location (in terms of frame
numbers and stringer numbers). For this purpose refer to the beginning
of chapter 53 - fuselage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 524

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 525

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The illustration of chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to determine


the circumferential skin joints related frame numbers.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 526

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 527

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and


the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding
the damage can be determined.
According to the mapping information, the damage is located between
the first and the second frame after the circumferential joint located
at frame (Fr) 64. Consequently the damage is located between Fr 62
and 63.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 528

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 529

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage


also need to be determined. For this purpose, the "General Panel
Identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00 can be
used. According to the data collected on the A/C and the location of
the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected
panel can be determined. For this example, the damage is located on
panel 8 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 18 & 32, and Fr 47
& 64.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 530

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 531

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The collected information can be reported onto the damage mapping.


The damage is located between Fr 62 and 63. The stringer number
corresponds to the longitudinal skin joint from which the damage has
been located. Nevertheless, the exact stringer numbers surrounding
the damage need to be confirmed. For this purpose, the information
provided in the identification page block of the concerned panel has
to be used.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 532

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CONT'D
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 533

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The "Fuselage Section Division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used


before, enables the definition of the affected section: rear fuselage section 17 - chapter 53-40-00". The general illustration of 53-40-00
identifies the main structural arrangement of the forward fuselage. The
skin plates are part of the main structure covered by the section 53-41-00.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 534

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 535

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

Following SRM 53-41-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin
panels (skin plates) are item number 5. The illustration associated
nomenclature informs us that the full identification of the skin panels
(skin plates) are covered by SRM 53-41-11.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 536

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 537

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

All skin panels (plates) of the forward fuselage are listed within the
nomenclature located at the front page of SRM 53-41-11. Using the
information collected before (affected panel : lower side panel - left,
between Fr 47 & 64 and Stgr 18 & 32), the nomenclature provides
the figure number we have to refer to: "Skin plates - LWR parts LH
Fr 47 to Fr 64: Refer To Figure 6".

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 538

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 539

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The figure 6, identifies two different panels configurations (view A


and B):
- the view A applies to the basic version of the skin panel,
- the view B applies to the evolution of the skin panel.
So, there are two different panel configurations illustrated, showing
the basic version of the panel and an other possible version effective
after the embodiment of production modification(s). The modification
numbers are indicated at the bottom of the page. The next step of the
investigation is to define which of these panels is installed on the
concerned A/C.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 540

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 541

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

To identify the actual panel, the modification numbers indicated at


the bottom of the page have to be compared with the service
bulletin/modification list (located at the beginning of chapter
53-40-00). In this list, the effectivity in terms of Manufacturer Serial
Number (MSN) has to be checked.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 542

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 543

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The view B of the panel on figure 1, sheet 5 is valid after Modifications


(MODs) 21468K1489A, 22083K2232B, 24958K4082D or
31012K7082. Checking the Modification/Service Bulletin (SB) List
at the beginning of chapter 53-40-00, it appears that our MSN (2042)
is in this list of MSN proposed for the MOD number 31012K7082.
So, the panel installed on the A/C is a modified version, then refer to
view B figure 6, sheet 2.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 544

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 545

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
CONT'D

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The damage is located between Fr 62 and 63, and is located between


the sixth and the eighth stringer from Stgr 18 (longitudinal skin joint
reference).
This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives:
- the material thickness of the area (code C, giving 1.6 mm (0.063 in),
- the stringer location: the damage is located between Stgr 23LH and
25LH.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 546

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - CONT'D


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 547

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
MAPPING (FINALIZATION)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers
and the nominal skin thickness in the scratched area. The damage
assessment using the allowable damage page block is the next step.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 548

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 549

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

To start the damage assessments refer to the page block 101 of the relevant
chapter/section (53-41-11). And start to read carefully the procedure. A
special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 550

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 551

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

Read carefully all the cautions, they could give you information on
the assessment. A second caution note indicates that in some cases,
an inspection may be required to check for crack, even if the damage
is determined as being allowable.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 552

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 553

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

In the allowable damage description/criteria table (101), the paragraph


4A has to be acknowledged for reworks.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 554

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 555

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

Check the applicability of the allowable damage for reworks.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 556

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 557

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

A caution note indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per


A/C weight variant may have to be verified. The weight variant is a
criterion, which is defined for each model of A/C and depending on
its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTOW), Maximum Landing Weight
(MLW), and Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW). The allowable
damage limits are defined per weight variant and for a same model.
The weight variant can change depending on modification or SB
embodiment status. The actual weight variant of the affected A/C has
to be known before starting the assessment. Because of the
modifications, which could be embodied on the A/C, only the
airline-engineering department shall give you this information. The
actual weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table
in introduction pages.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 558

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 559

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage


pages, the allowable damage applicability has to be checked, using
the weight variant exclusion table (table 4) given at the introduction
of the SRM. The information coming from the airline-engineering
department shows that the MSN 2042 is at weight variant 010.
Checking the table 4, the weight variant 010 is included in and thus,
the following allowable damage information can be used.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 560

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 561

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

Two diagrams are given, one for riveted areas and one for unriveted
areas.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 562

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 563

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The parameters of the rework have to be determined to be sure that


we are dealing with the correct diagram.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 564

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 565

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

To determine which diagram to use, we have to check if the damage


is located in a riveted area. A riveted area extends from less than 15
mm (0.590 in) all around a rivet. In the applicable damage, the riveted
area and the unriveted area have to be acknowledged. The maximum
depths of the scratch in riveted and unriveted areas have to be
acknowledged too.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 566

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 567

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

To be allowable, the rework width has to be equal or longer than forty


times the depth.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 568

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 569

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

To complete the diagram, the maximum depth of the rework has to


be expressed as a percentage of the damaged skin thickness.
Those two values (found before) are plotted onto the diagram, which
defines a point. The area where this point is located defines the
subsequent actions to be performed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 570

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 571

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

Check for the first criterion to be fulfilled: the width of the damage
must be at least 40 x T. The depth of the depression in the riveted area
is 0.2 mm; 40*0.2 = 8 mm. The width of the depression is 18.5 mm,
which is higher than 8 mm. So, the first criterion is met.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 572

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 573

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

To complete the diagram, the maximum depth of the rework in the


riveted area has to be expressed as a percentage of the damaged skin
thickness.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 574

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 575

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

The depth of the rework as percentage of the skin thickness in


unriveted area, and the length of the rework, are the key to get into to
diagram. You must refer to the data collected before. These two values
are plotted onto the diagram, which defines a point. The area where
this point is located defines the subsequent actions to be performed.
For the concerned rework, read the note: "Check damage for cracks.
Remove damage up to depression depth "T" (section view). Renew
surface protection and repair after 50 flights at the latest". Provided
that no crack is detected by detailed visual inspection, the rework is
considered as an allowable damage with a time limit (temporary
allowable damage). The A/C can be released. But a repair will have
to be done before 50 flights.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 576

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 577

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

This diagram enables to determine if the damage is allowable, and


the condition of allowability.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 578

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE REWORK DIAGRAM (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 579

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - CONCLUSION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

In the allowable example, two assessments have been done, the more
restrictive one has to be acknowledged. So, the damage has to be checked
for cracks, damage up to depression depth has to be removed, the surface
has to be renewed and the A/C has to be repaired after 50 flights at the
latest.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 580

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DC000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - CONCLUSION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 2 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 581

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


INTRODUCTION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The purpose of this example is to present you, the complete procedure


to be followed when a damage is discovered, from the damage mapping
draft to the final structure damage assessment. This example was chosen
as it represents one of the more usual types of damage on the A/C and
enables to make an in depth investigation with all the different stages.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 582

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 583

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information
regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair, if
any, are to be found within chapter 53 of the SRM. Information
concerning the damage classification and reporting are to be found within
SRM chapter 51-11-00. The applicable damage is a scratch with no visible
crack.
At this stage: take visual reference to facilitate damage location.
Such as, forward or an aft passengers door, or a cargo door, above or
below cabin floor level at stringer (Stgr) 23, near a longitudinal or
circumferential joint, etc...).
If the scratch is near a rivet row, an internal visual inspection is required
to determine whether the internal structure (frame, stringer, etc...) is also
damaged or not.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 584

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 585

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING
DRAFT
Using the SRM 51-11-13 as a guide, the maximum information should
be taken from the A/C before starting any assessment (measurement
and location of the maximum depth, distance from dent edges to the
nearest fastener rows, existing closest skin joints or any other visible
structure that will help in the detailed location of the damage, etc...).
The damage is located onto the fuselage skin, thus, all the information
regarding the identification of the part, allowable damage and repair,
if any, are to be found within the chapter 53 of the SRM.

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

NOTE: on the affected panel, there are no stringer rivet rows, thus,
stringers, if any, should be welded onto the skin: it is not
possible to identify the stringer references.
As a consequence, it is necessary to measure the distance from a
longitudinal skin joint to the dent maximum depth, in order to get a
reference for the location of the dent. This reference will be compared
with the welded stringer references coming from the SRM, page blocks
101 and 201 (see next pages).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 586

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 587

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The illustration of the chapter 53-00-00 enables the operator to


determine the circumferential joints related frame numbers. In the
given example, the damage is located in the aft center fuselage section,
with the circumferential skin joints at Fr 47/54 and Fr 64.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 588

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 589

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION
(CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

Using the frame identification illustration of chapter 53-00-00, and


the data collected during the damage mapping, the frames surrounding
the damage can be determined. According to the mapping information,
the damage is located between the fourth and the fifth frame before
the circumferential skin joint located at frame (Fr) 64. Consequently
the damage is located between Fr 59 and 60.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 590

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - CIRCUMFERENTIAL SKIN JOINT IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 591

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
LONGITUDINAL SKIN JOINT AND PANEL
IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

To complete the damage location, the stringers surrounding the damage


also need to be determined. For this purpose, the "General Panel
Identification" illustrations, proposed within chapter 53-00-00, can
be used. According to the data collected on the A/C and the location
of the damage from the existing longitudinal skin joints, the affected
panel can be determined. For this example, the damage is located on
panel 5 - lower side shell - located between Stgr 32 LH and 41 RH,
and Fr 47/54 and 64. As seen before, this panel is a welded
skin/stringer panel, thus, refer to page block 101 to determine the
stringers position.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 592

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - LONGITUDINAL SKIN JOINT AND PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 593

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

First, refer to the page block 101 of the relevant chapter/section


(53-41-11) and start to read carefully the procedure. Refer to the
allowable damage description/criteria table to find the concerned
paragraph (4F): "Fuselage Skin Plates Fr 47 / 54 Thru Fr 64 Between
Stgr 32 LH and Stgr 41 RH (Welded Panel)".

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 594

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 595

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

Read the notes within the relevant paragraph to find information about
the definition and determination of undisturbed skin (unwelded and
unriveted).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 596

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 597

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

This figure shows how unwelded and unriveted areas, welded areas,
riveted areas and coupling areas are defined. Two methods of
measurement are given, we look at measurement from outside, a flag
refers to SRM chapter 53-41-11 page block 201 to get stringer
positions on a welded panel.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 598

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 599

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

This diagram provides the distances from the lap joint 41RH to all
welded stringers, at each frame location. Therefore a new mapping is
required. The distance from the lap joint (Stgr 41RH) to the dent
maximum depth (at Fr 60) becomes 825 mm.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 600

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 601

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

This distance (825 mm) must be compared with the distances from
the lap joint 41RH to the welded stringers, to locate the dent.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 602

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 603

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


MAPPING (continued)
WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

We conclude that the dent is located between Stgr 40 and 41LH and
it is now possible to finalize the draft (see next page).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 604

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - WELDED STRINGERS POSITION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 605

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The "fuselage section division" illustration of chapter 53-00-00 used


before enables the definition of the affected section: aft center fuselage,
part of rear fuselage - section 16/17 - chapter 53-40-00. The general
illustration of the chapter 53-40-00 identifies the main structural
arrangement of the rear fuselage. The skin plates are part of the main
structure covered by the section 53-41-00.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 606

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 607

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

Following SRM 53-41-00 guidelines, the figure shows that the skin
panels (skin plates) are item number 5. The identification table informs
us that the full identification of the skin panels (skin plates) are covered
by SRM 53-41-11.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 608

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 609

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The identification table of SRM 53-41-11 refers to the figure 3 sheet


2 for the skin panel located between Fr 58A & Fr 64, and Stgr 41RH
& Stgr 32LH.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 610

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 611

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The damaged panel is illustrated onto two sheets. According to the


figure 3 sheet 1, the damaged panel is item number 1.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 612

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 613

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

There is no modification associated to item 1 thus: it is the basic panel.


No other item/Part Number (P/N) with associated Modification
(MOD)/Service Bulletins (SB) status is available in the nomenclature
table so, the skin panel of MSN 2218 is the Part Number (P/N)
D53479410202.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 614

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 615

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
DETERMINATION OF SKIN THICKNESS IN DENTED
AREA

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The damage is located between Fr 59 & 60, and Stgr 40LH & 41LH.
This information can be reported onto the illustration and gives the
skin thickness in the dented area (code B, giving 1.6 mm (0.063 in)).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 616

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - DETERMINATION OF SKIN THICKNESS IN DENTED AREA


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 617

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DETAILED IDENTIFICATION (continued)
MAPPING (FINALIZATION)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The damage mapping can now be completed with the stringer numbers
and the nominal skin thickness in the dented area. As the mapping is
at scale 1:1, we can measure the distance between Stgr 40LH and the
deepest point of the dent (59 mm), and the distance between Stgr 40
and the edge of the dent (49 mm). The damage assessment using the
allowable damage page block 101 is the next step.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 618

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DETAILED IDENTIFICATION - MAPPING (FINALIZATION)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 619

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
GENERAL

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

To start the damage assessments refer to the page block 101 of the
relevant chapter/section (53-41-11), and start to read carefully the
procedure. A special attention shall be paid to the notes and cautions.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 620

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - GENERAL


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 621

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

In the relevant paragraph 4F (fuselage skin plates Fr 47/54 thru Fr 64


between Stgr 32 LH and Stgr 41 RH (welded panel)), a caution note
indicates that the allowable damage effectivity per A/C weight variant
may have to be verified.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 622

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 623

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The weight variant is a criterion which is defined for each model of


A/C and depending on its Maximum Take Off Weight (MTOW),
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW), and Maximum Zero Fuel Weight
(MZFW). The allowable damage limits are defined per weight variant
and, for a same model, the weight variant can change, depending on
modification or SB embodiment status. The current weight variant of
the affected A/C has to be known before starting the assessment. If
the A/C weight variant is not within the table, a damage report has to
be sent to Airbus.
Depending on SB/Mod since A/C delivery, only the airline-engineering
department is able to give you the current A/C weight variant. The
current weight variant shall be compared with the data given in a table
at the beginning of allowable damage related paragraph.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 624

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - WEIGHT VARIANT (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 625

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

A second caution note indicates that in some cases, an inspection


program has to be followed.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 626

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 627

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

Check the applicability of the allowable damage for dents.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 628

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 629

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

Refer to paragraph 4F for dents. Dents are considered as fulfilling


nearness/form criterion or out of nearness/form criterion in accordance
with their geometry and their proximity to the nearest adjacent internal
structure elements. This must be determined according to the
parameters defined in figure 114 and diagram 102.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 630

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 631

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

In areas of riveted substructure, to define whether the dent fulfils


nearness/form criterion, two criteria have to be checked. Refer to
figure 114 sheet 1. B must be at least 15 mm, where B is the smallest
distance measured from the dent edge to any fastener row or any
cutout. D must be maximum 10 % of A, where D is the maximum
depth of the dent and A is the smallest distance measured from D
point to the closest adjacent structure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 632

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 633

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

Check whether the first criterion is fulfilled: B distance is minimum


15 mm.
The smallest distance measured between the edge of the dent and the
surrounding fastener rows is 95 mm, which is higher than 15 mm.
The first criterion is met.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 634

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 635

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The second criterion consists in comparing the maximum depth of


the dent (D) with the smallest distance measured from the deepest
point of the dent to the closest adjacent structure (distance A). If no
access from inside, the measurement is taken from outside. In this
case, A is X-15 mm, where X is the distance between the deepest
point and the closest fastener row.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 636

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 637

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

Check whether the second criterion is fulfilled: D less or equal to 10


% of A. The depth of the dent should be maximum 10% of the distance
A. The smallest distance between the deepest point of the dent and
the surrounding fastener rows is 221 mm. Since measured from
outside, distance A = 221 mm - 15 mm = 206 mm. The second
criterion is met: D = 3 mm is smaller than 10 % of A.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 638

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF RIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 639

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

In areas of unriveted substructure, to define whether the dent fulfils


the nearness/form criterion, two criteria have to be checked. Refer to
figure 114 sheet 2. Dent should be out of the welded area. D is
maximum 10 % of A, where D is the maximum depth of the dent and
A is the distance measured from D point to the boundary of the welded
area. Figure 114 sheet 2 informs us to refer to figure 115 for welded
areas.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 640

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 641

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DEFINITION OF AREAS (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

This figure defines that a welded area is delimited by 25 mm up and


down the stringer.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 642

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DEFINITION OF AREAS (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 643

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The welded area of 50 mm width has been reported on the mapping;


the first criterion is fulfilled as the dent is out of the welded area.
Check whether the second criteria is fulfilled: D 10 % A. The dent
fulfils both nearness form/criterion for unriveted area and riveted area,
thus continue the damage assessment.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 644

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - AREA OF UNRIVETED SUBSTRUCTURE (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 645

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

As mentioned in a caution at the beginning of the allowable damage


pages, the allowable damage applicability have to be checked, using
the weight variant table (table 107) given at the beginning of the
paragraph. The information coming from the airline-engineering
department shows that the MSN 2218 is at weight variant 004. Since
the weight variant 004 is within table 107, continue the damage
assessment.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 646

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 647

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

Before starting comparing the dents in accordance with diagram 102


as mentioned in paragraph 2, read the paragraph 3.
We have checked that the dent is out of riveted areas and welded areas,
if we look at figure 115 we see that the dent is also out of coupling
areas.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 648

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - DAMAGE CRITERIA (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 649

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The key to the allowable damage diagram is the skin thickness in


dented area and the dent depth. You must refer to the data collected
before (damage mapping). The diagram is associated to requirements
already checked at an early stage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 650

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 651

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)


DAMAGE ASSESSMENT (continued)
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

The skin thickness in the dented area is 1.6 mm (found in the


identification pages). The depth of the dent is 4 mm (measured from
the A/C-damage mapping). These two values are plotted onto the
diagram, which defines a point. The area where this point is located
defines the subsequent actions to be performed. For the concerned
dent read the note: "Check Damage For Cracks By Detailed Visual
Examination. If Clear, repair Within 3000 FC". Provided that no crack
is detected by detailed visual inspection, the dent is considered as an
allowable damage with a time limit (temporary allowable damage).
The A/C can be released. But a repair will have to be done before
3000 Flight Cycles (FC). If cracked, contact Airbus or repair before
next flight.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 652

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DL000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT - ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EXAMPLE 3 D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 653

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SOURCES OF DAMAGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

Throughout its operational life, the aircraft structure is subjected to


different types of damage:
- fatigue damage (cracking),
- accidental damage (e.g. bird impact, ground handling,...),
- deteriorations due to environmental and operating conditions (lightning
strike, corrosion, ...).

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 654

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SOURCES OF DAMAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 655

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SOURCES OF DAMAGE (continued)
DAMAGE DETECTION/PREVENTION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

Concerning fatigue damage, the aircraft is designed and justified, to


be free of significant fatigue cracking during its Design Service Goal
(DSG). The scheduled structure inspection programs are prepared to
detect any fatigue cracking before it reaches a critical length.
Inspections for corrosion are also part of the scheduled maintenance
program. Nevertheless, the maximum protection schemes and attention
is paid to protect the aircraft structure against known environmental
aggressions. In addition, the basic protections should be kept in good
conditions and some basic precautions should also be considered.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 656

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SOURCES OF DAMAGE - DAMAGE DETECTION/PREVENTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 657

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SURFACE PROTECTIONS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

- the material,
- the function,
- the location.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 658

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SURFACE PROTECTIONS
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 659

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SURFACE PROTECTIONS (continued)
PROTECTIVE TREATMENT AREAS - FUSELAGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

- difficult access, and/or high risk of accidental damage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 660

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SURFACE PROTECTIONS - PROTECTIVE TREATMENT AREAS - FUSELAGE


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 661

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SURFACE PROTECTIONS (continued)
TYPE OF PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

- Type 2 - heavy-duty corrosion preventive compound: grease-like


coatings containing corrosion inhibitors which protect against corrosive
agents.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 662

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SURFACE PROTECTIONS - TYPE OF PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 663

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SEALANTS
SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

In some specified areas of the aircraft, for example the lower shell, a
protective layer is put on the sealant. This layer makes sure that other
materials (for example, fuel, hydraulic oil, engine oil and waste fluids
from the toilets and galleys) do not cause a deterioration of the sealant.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 664

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SEALANTS - SEALING IN TYPICAL FUSELAGE AREAS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 665

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


SEALANTS (continued)
SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

In the fuel tanks, the sealant is used to prevent fuel leaks and corrosion
of the fuel tank.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 666

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SEALANTS - SEALING IN TYPICAL FUEL TANK AREAS


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 667

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


DRAINAGE

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

- special drain valves installed in those parts of the fuselage and which
are pressurized in flight.
The drain holes and drain valves are usually at the lowest part of the
fuselage. It is important that any unwanted liquids get to the drain holes
or valves. The structure of the lower fuselage is constructed so that a path
is given for these liquids. When you do a repair, make sure that you keep
this path free of unwanted materials.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 668

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DRAINAGE
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 669

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION
COMPOSITE DAMAGES

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

Composite structures can be damaged by lightning strikes or handling


operations. The environmental conditions may be the source of damage
like rain, dust. The structure can also be affected by impact of foreign
objects or birds for example. At the design stage, the structure has the
maximum protection against these different sources of damage.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 670

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - COMPOSITE DAMAGES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 671

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

- Zone 3: this zone includes all of the aircraft surfaces that are not in
Zone 1 and 2. In Zone 3, there is a low probability of attachment of
a lightning strike. However, high lightning currents can go through
Zone 3 by direct conduction between two attachment points. Zone 3
currents will also go into Zones 1 and 2.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 672

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - LIGHTNING STRIKE PROTECTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 673

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
RADOME

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

This AMM extract deals with an example of lightning strike protection


in Zone 1, the radome. The radome is a sandwich structure with quartz
fiber skins; it is protected using copper straps on the external surface,
and bonding braids connecting the aluminum alloy frame to the
fuselage structure.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 674

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - RADOME


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 675

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
ELEVATORS AND RUDDER

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

This second example shows the lightning strike protection of the


elevators and rudder trailing edges and tip, which are also located in
Zone 1. The elevators and the rudder are basically carbon fiber
structures. Their trailing edges are made of an aluminum alloy profile
and their tips are also made of aluminum alloy.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 676

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ELEVATORS AND RUDDER


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 677

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

The Nose Landing Gear doors are located in Zone 2. Their protection
and the electrical continuity is achieved using a metallic grid installed
at the manufacturing stage on the top of the composite layers. Note
that in most cases, this grid should be restored when damaged, as per
the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) procedures.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 678

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 679

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
HANDLING OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

To keep composite structures in good and serviceable conditions, the


operator should avoid any damage during handling and/or maintenance
operations (such as chopped tools, take care of no step areas, ...).
Chemical strippers are not authorized on composite structures (the
resin system may be deteriorated). The protection like paint schemes
and special layers (e.g. tedlar layers on inside surfaces) should be kept
in good condition. The drying of composites is also essential before
hot bonding repair operations.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 680

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - HANDLING OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 681

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

The impact protection of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)


leading edge is achieved by a metallic cover plate.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 682

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 683

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)


COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION (continued)
ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION (CONT'D)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

- titanium fasteners.

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 684

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM51DD000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

COMPOSITE PARTS PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL & IMPACT PROTECTION (CONT'D)


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE PROTECTIONS & AWARENESS D/O (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 685

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


SESSION OBJECTIVES
SESSION SET-UP
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGE
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED
PART
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE-GENERAL
DAMAGE CRITERIA
ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM USAGE/FINAL
DECISION
CONCLUSION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

DAMAGE LOCATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 686

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 687

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


MAPPING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

DRAFT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 688

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 689

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


MAPPING (continued)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

FINALIZATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 690

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - FINALIZATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 691

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 692

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5121000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 1 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 693

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


SESSION OBJECTIVES
SESSION SET-UP
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION/LOCATION
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED
PART
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE - GENERAL
APPLICABLE ALLOWABLE DAMAGE DIAGRAM
ALLOWABLE SCRATCH DIAGRAM USAGE/FINAL
DECISION
CONCLUSION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

DAMAGE LOCATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 694

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 695

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


MAPPING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

DRAFT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 696

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 697

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)


MAPPING (continued)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

FINALIZATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 698

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - FINALIZATION
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 699

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 700

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5122000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

ALLOWABLE DENT DIAGRAM


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 2 OPERATIONAL SCENARIO (3)

May 10, 2006


Page 701

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)


SESSION OBJECTIVES
SESSION SET-UP
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
STRINGERS LOCATION
DETAILED IDENTIFICATION OF THE DAMAGED
PART
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE - GENERAL
DAMAGE CRITERIA
CONCLUSION

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

DAMAGE LOCATION

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

May 10, 2006


Page 702

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

SESSION OBJECTIVES ... DAMAGE LOCATION


MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

May 10, 2006


Page 703

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)


MAPPING

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

DRAFT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

May 10, 2006


Page 704

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - DRAFT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

May 10, 2006


Page 705

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)


MAPPING (continued)

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

RESULT

MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)


51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

May 10, 2006


Page 706

U3U06191 - U15T1M0 - UM5123000000001

SINGLE AISLE TECHNICAL TRAINING MANUAL

MAPPING - RESULT
MAINTENANCE COURSE - T1 (V2500-A5/ME)
51 - STRUCTURE

A318 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EX. 3 OPERAT. SCENARIO(3)

May 10, 2006


Page 707